Post Archive

Region: Commonwealth of Liberty

History

https://www.nationstates.net/nation=bayern_kahla/detail=factbook/id=1792888

Homefactbook done !

Nonador, Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance

1st CONFERENCE OF MAASTRICHT on the future of Europe1951

Your Excellencies, please find below a résumé of the main points of the future treaty establishing a future Economic Community for Europe.

CONFERENCE OF MAASTRICHT 1951 - On the main objectives of the Treaty

DOCUMENTS BELOW -CLASSIFIED-

The treaty:

establishes a common market, in which the signatory countries agree to gradually align their economic policies;

creates a single economic area with free competition between companies. It lays the basis for approximating the conditions governing trade in products and services over and above those already covered by the other treaties (European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) and Euratom);

broadly prohibits restrictive agreements and government subsidies (State Aid) which can affect trade between the 6 countries;

includes IF DECLARED members’ overseas countries and territories in these arrangements and the customs union, to promote their economic and social development., in which the signatory countries agree to gradually align their economic policies;

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

THE REPRESSION - ANTI REGIME CHARACTERS ELIMINATED

March 12th 1951

In lists similar to those conducted by Comrade Stalin, Marshal Tito today authorized the liquidation of 3,500 dissenters and figures of authority for the anti-regime camp. The list included around 800 Figures who conducted frequent anti-USSR/Stalin events, added to the list as a symbol of unity with Comrade Stalin. Until the lists were written Yugoslavia had taken a relatively moderate approach to dissent in the form of arrest but not execution, however the latter being seen as a more long-term solution had gained traction especially with discussions with the U.S.S.R. With the vast majority of dissenters being non-serb secrecy of those killed was a necessity internally, and thus the only mention of the event on State run Television and Radio was of Treasonous elements being ousted from the Party.

Included on the list as well as their immediate family were the following figures :

- Ali Aliu (Albanian Separatist Figure)

- Milovan Djilas (Democratic Socialst)

- Alija Izetbegović (Bosnian Dissident and later OOC first Bosnian President)

- Borislav Pekić (Serbian Democratic Figure)

- Vlado Gotovac (Croatian Dissident and later OOC Croatian Opposition leader)

- Panko Brashnarov (Bulgarian Seperatist)

- Vlado Dapčević (Anti-Tito Dissident)

Further, included in the lists are a total of 33 Slovenians residing within Yugoslavia which advocated the secession of lands claimed by the Illegal Slovenian Regime, as well as 12 pro-European integration Characters and their Families. On the other end of the intentions the Lists had an opposing side which detailed the rewarding of pro Tito or pro Eastern Bloc Figures with medals, automobiles or in some rare cares financial incentives. Figures high up in the Communist Party were rewarded with Holiday Homes along the Adriatic Coastline

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Central Arstotzka, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica

[list]여름 1950 | 1950 September

[list][sup]Korea | 한국[/sup][list]

[sup]Breakout from Pusan - Korean War Part 4[/sup][/list]

| [sub]The failed offensive from the Korean People’s Army against the established Pusan Perimeter had demoralised and broken the KPA, as they were advised by both the Chinese and Soviets to withdraw. Coupled with the UN landings at Incheon and the ensuing battle the withdrawal became a mad-dash north to Pyongyang. Key to the landings at Incheon was the element of surprise, the city lay far behind North Korean lines and served as a major supply line to the forces assaulting the Pusan Perimeter, initially rejected by the Pentagon, MacArthur finally got his approval for the idea in July and by the time the plan was ready it was needed more than ever.[/sub] |

| [sub]Days before the landings were due to begin, forty-three American war planes flew over Wolmido near to the city of Incheon dropping nearly one-hundred napalm canisters in an attempt to clear out the nearby slopes to make way for the UN troops due to land and push towards Seoul. Two British cruisers and six American destroyers also sailed up into Incheon Harbour beginning a mass bombardment of KPA gun emplacements in Wolmido and Incheon, almost a thousand shells were launched by the eight ships, and this tipped off the KPA that landings may be imminent. The KPA returned fire on the ships which suffered some damage and onboard the USS Lyman K. Swensen junior Lieutenant David H. Swensen was killed and eight others injured.[/sub] |

| [sub]When the landings began on 15th September it involved some 75,000 troops and 261 naval vessels; the UN forces met very little resistance with KPA forces stretched thinly throughout the Peninsula as a whole. Although not in their favour the battle and landings were considered a massive strategic success for the UN forces, providing the perfect point to push towards the city of Seoul and recapture it from KPA forces.[/sub] |

| [sub]Following the successful landings at Incheon for the UN forces, the KPA began their quick retreat from the Pusan Perimeter with their supplyline now partially severed by the UN victory. By September 25th the Second Battle of Seoul resulted in its recapture by UN-led forces, with the KPA facing the possibility of being cut-off, the retreat was chaotic and unorganised. KPA troops in the south, instead of effectively withdrawing north, rapidly disintegrated, leaving Pyongyang vulnerable. During the general retreat only 25,000 to 30,000 KPA soldiers managed to reach the KPA lines.[/sub] |

| [sub]On September 27th the borders along the 38th Parallel were largely re-established save for a few pockets of KPA resistance that were quickly snuffed out; two days later the Republic of Korea was officially restored in a ceremony between General MacArthur and President Rhee. The new question quickly turned to whether push north of the 38th Parallel, both Rhee and MacArthur wanted to see the KPA wiped out, and Rhee in particular sought the re-unification of Korea under his regime. On October 1st after much back and forth the RoK forces made their way north of the 38th following some assistance from UN forces who were still debating about whether to cross the 38th. The RoK forces had been dwindled down, but with UN supply chains and a new recruitment campaign Rhee felt confident that the war could soon be over.[/sub] |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

[list][sub]𝚅.1951[/sub]

[sub]LA STRADA DELLA RICOSTRUZIONE — III[/sub]

THE ROAD TO RECONSTRUCTION — III

[/list]

ROMA, REGNO D'ITALIA

[sub][nation=flag]Arcanda[/nation][/sub]

| As the new decade came around, many of Italy's industrial giants were finally beginning to glimpse a better future. Thanks to generous government intervention through the IRI and Marshall Plan aid, the reconstruction of industries and infrastructures was now in full swing, and had neared completion in many parts of the country. And as a consequence, resumption of production for many companies was seen, and it is expected that pre-war production levels will soon be reached in every areas sooner than initially predicted. And it is not just a matter of merely rebuilding or making ends meet now; all are actively innovating and, at last, seeing far into the future. A future when one day, perhaps, the world would be awed by Italian prowess in design and engineering, as it had been before the war. From typewriters to handbags, the rebirth of Italian industry is today more then ever a reality. |

| Olivetti S.p.A, the leading typewriter manufacturer of the country, has released the Divisumma Calculator in 1948; this wonder of engineering will no doubt help accountants around the country and hopefully the world. Last year, it also released the Lettera 22, a portable typewriter, on the heels of the Lexicon 80, the first mass-produced typewriter since the war. The 22 was an immense success and instant favorite in every home and office, praised for its quality and beauty. Both typewriters are designed by Marcello Nizzoli, a pioneer in his field; his elegant touch and all-encompassing design ideals are a perfect match for the utopian vision of the Olivetti's owner, and main developer, Adriano Olivetti, and he is set to continue his work there for the foreseeable future.|

| Finmeccanica, a mechanical engineering firm and subholding of the IRI, owns two other firms of importance, car manufacturer Alfa Romeo and Ansaldo. The latter, a pivotal company in the war effort, has suffered greatly from the conversion to peacetime activities; its restructuration is now underway, but it is rumored that the government will begin new contracts with it soon due to Italy's NATO membership. Agusta, the former airplane manufacturer now solely focused on helicopters, and OTO, soon to enact its name change to OTO Melara, are also set to benefit from the renewed military tensions in Europe and in the world. |

| Edison, the electric utility company headquartered in Milan — Italian, in spite of its name — , which opened Europe's first electric power plant at the dusk of the 19th century, now controls most of the hydroelectric-based power distribution in Northern Italy. It remains a private entreprise free of government intervention and currently powers the rebirth of industry, and namely the three large steel factories of Cornigliano, Bagnoli and Piombino. And, with increased US involvement in Korea, as well as the Italian membership in NATO, those industries are seeing record profits thanks to increased demand in both the raw and processed goods needed to sustain the war effort, and the industries depleted by that very same effort around the world. |

| Last but not least is also Fabbrica Italiana Automobili di Torino, better known as FIAT. Six years ago, the once-powerful giant stood defeated, its factories empty or destroyed. Its founders, the Agnellis, have since been disinherited for having collaborated with the Fascists, and the company is today wholly owned and managed by the state. Also manufacturing tractors, trucks and utility vehicles, its rebuilt northern factories are churning out cars again: The Fiat 500 models B and C were produced respectively in 1948 and 1949; new models of the Fiat 1100 came out in the same years; as well as the 1500 C. |

| The fashion industry, too, is coming back from the savorless war years. On the Milanese Via Montenapoleone, luxury fashion and jewelry boutiques are seeing more and more business as the upper-class flocks back with more lire to spend. Earlier this year, one Giovanni Battista Giorgini organized a soirée in his Florentine villa, awing the few American representatives that had come, and setting in motion a new interest in Italian-made clothing across the Atlantic. A sign of the times, and a good one at that in the world's largest consumer market, fashion company Ferragamo is also seeing more interest in its New York store, opened in '48. At home, Gucci has seen success with its "Bamboo bag". |

| For some, a harsh reality remains: That of slums and rubble. But, more and more, those slums are disappearing; they are replaced by new, sanitary, decent and comfortable habitations and rebuilt factories; the slums' former occupants working in the latter and resting in the former. While the reconstruction is not yet complete in many parts of the country, it is solidly underway, and light seems to appear at the end of the tunnel, brigher and brighter with each passing year. |

[list][spoiler=[sub]Evviva l'Italia![/sub]]

[nation]Adriatican Islands[/nation]

[nation]Afghanistaan[/nation]

[nation]Alaroth[/nation]

[nation]Amsterwald[/nation]

[nation]Annyeong Korea[/nation]

[nation]Arcanda[/nation]

[nation]Astarina[/nation]

[nation]Bayside[/nation]

[nation]Canovia[/nation]

[nation]Cascadla[/nation]

[nation]Connomia[/nation]

[nation]Finlandee[/nation]

[nation]Great Britain GB[/nation]

[nation]Jersey Republic[/nation]

[nation]Kotakuan II[/nation]

[nation]Metropolitan Francais[/nation]

[nation]Nevbrejnovitz[/nation]

[nation]New Provenance[/nation]

[nation]Nileia[/nation]

[nation]Nosautempopulus[/nation]

[nation]OsivoII[/nation]

[nation]Paramountica[/nation]

[nation]Irelaand[/nation]

[nation]Islahh[/nation]

[nation]Philanialle[/nation]

[nation]Pontianus[/nation]

[nation]Ranponian[/nation]

[nation]Rutannia[/nation]

[nation]Somerania[/nation]

[nation]Teymour[/nation]

[nation]The Confederate Prussian Empire[/nation]

[nation]Tallahan[/nation]

[nation]Vancouver Straits[/nation]

[nation]Peking Zhongguo[/nation]

[nation]Victoria Harbor[/nation][/spoiler][/list]

Nonador, Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Bayern Kahla, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica

[list][list]The Kingdom of Greece, Greco - Slovenian Arms Trade Agreement Signed : Slovenia Invests in Greek Shipbuilding!, March 1951

Το Βασίλειο της Ελλάδος, Υπογραφή ελληνο-σλοβενικής συμφωνίας εμπορίας όπλων : Η Σλοβενία επενδύει στην ελληνική ναυπηγική βιομηχανία!, Μάρτιος 1951

[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands, Amsterwald - The Greek and Slovenian Armed Forces and Investors! - Οι ελληνικές και σλοβενικές ένοπλες δυνάμεις και οι επενδυτές![/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| ARMS TRADE, ATHENS, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | ΕΜΠΌΡΙΟ ΌΠΛΩΝ, ΑΘΉΝΑ, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| In the Autumn of 1950, a private conference was held between several Greek and Slovenian delegates - a celebration to commemorate the Greco - Slovenian Alliance that was signed just 3 years ago. At the conference, a topic was brought up by an air officer of the Slovenian Air Force. He brought up the topic of a new Slovenian fighter jet program in the works. Overhearing this, Konstantinos Karamanlis, Greek Defense Minister, was immediately drawn into the conversation. An hour-long discussion was held for the project, and despite it not quite being public knowledge that the project was in the works, the Slovenian air officer trusted the Greeks, yet another show of the steadfast relationship between the two nations. A follow-up meeting was scheduled to properly discuss the jet - appropriately. At this meeting in Athens, a deal was arranged. By 1951, the deal was properly finalized. |[/list]

[list]| At Athens, a small delegation of Greek and Slovenian Air Officers was arranged. The conference went on for some time, but the delegates had finally arranged a deal. 150 Greece’s new, revolutionary new medium tank, the GMT-50, would be traded for Slovenia’s new innovative Čebela Č7 Firewasp Fighter Jet, 100 of them. The deal was a trade, a fairly good one at that. Orders for both sides are to be fulfilled by 1954, with the first units of the planes and jets to arrive later this year. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]” In 1940, we were using old planes, biplanes, scout planes, transport planes as our main form of air defense. But now, Greece’s Air Force has received modern equipment - some equipment to finally brag about. Greece’s security over the skies is now secured with the obtainment of these new Slovenian Firewasp Jets, and are just another step into modernizing the armed forces.”[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Defense Minister, Konstantinos Karamanlis[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| INVESTMENTS IN GREECE, ATHENS, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | | Η ΕΛΛΆΔΑ ΕΠΈΝΔΥΣΕ ΣΤΗΝ, ΑΘΉΝΑ, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| Following this new armed trade, the sturdy relationship between the Greeks and Slovenians only grew from there. The flourishing relationship between the two nations. As Greece and Slovenia grew closer, also came investment deals. Slovenian Investors took particular interest in the Greek transatlantic passenger and shipping line, the General Steam Navigation Company of Greece, more commonly known as the Greek Line. Along with other Greek enterprises and companies. Following a brief meeting in Athens, a sizable amount of Slovenian investors met with representatives of the domestic Greek Companies, primarily comprised of Greek Line representatives and executives. At the meeting, the establishment of Slovenian investments in Greek companies was finalized, with a large multi-million dollar sum being invested yearly into these companies. |[/list]

[list]| The investments would be beneficial for both sides, particularly for the Greek Line. In return for the investments, Greek Line routes would be opened in Slovenia by 1954 at the soonest, along with added shares in the company and added tourism campaigns to Slovenia. This further boosted the relationship, this time civilian, between the Kingdom of Greece and the Slovene Republic. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]”The Greco - Slovenian Pact truly shows the power and strength the Kingdom of Greece and the Slovenian Republic share. With this mutually beneficial arms trade and Slovenian investments into Greece, I am sure that together our two nations will thrive and flourish together going into the future”[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Prime Minister, Konstantinos Tsaldaris[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Ubertica

[list][list][pre]ꕦ ꛲ ꕦ ꚿ

A Z A N I A[/pre][sub]02 March 1951[/sub][/list]

GREAT IHAWU — UNITED TRIBES OF AZANIA;

[sub]1951 Edition[/sub]

[list][sub][pre]

Three years had passed since the initial post-war reorganization where the National Defense Council conducted a systematic review of Azania’s military doctrines, and initiated the process of force reorganization. In that time, advances in technology and changing opinions regarding the future of naval warfare, expedited by the participation of Azanian forces in the Korean War - altered the comprehensive naval reorganization and modernization plan dubbed “FLEP” in 1947.[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][pre]FORCE-LIFE EXTENSION PROGRAM COMMENCES WITH INCORPORATION OF ADVANCED MISSILE ARMAMENTS REPLACING ‘BIG GUNs’;[/pre][/list]

[sub]Initiated during the closing half of the Interwar period, the United Tribes joined with the Estado Novo in the development of advanced rocketry for the use of both states. This, apart of a larger cooperation pact which would see the EN brought into Azania’s helicopter research program, greatly enhanced the capability of both states - especially before the fall of the EN. During the War, the Rocketry program led to advances in rocket-boosted air to ground weapons, and in experimental surface to surface rockets. Such proved essential during the Mediterranean Campaign and in the Pacific where naval aircraft used unguided rockets to send to the bottom, Imperial Japanese warships, and likewise support island assault operations. Today, that program continues into the development of advanced guided missile systems, such as radar beam-riding munitions capable of launching from a ship to an aerial target, or from a warplane to a surface target. Those advances, boosted by the acquisition of British and American surface to air missile systems, garnered the interest and support of planners who envisioned a navy where stand-off weapons secured naval forces and enhanced their lethality.[/sub]

[sub]In keeping with this vision, the National Defense Council - with Parliamentary approval - developed a construction and modernization plan which would take the RAN into the next decade to complete. However, on the other side of this project, would be a navy far exceeding the capability of potential adversaries, while perfectly aligning with the overall strategic structure of the Commonwealth and her allies.[/sub]

[sub]Under the FLEP Program and RAN reorganization, ship requirements were identified as follows;[/sub]

[list][sub][*] 4 - Fleet Carriers; two of the Premier-class carriers, and two to begin construction by 1955 of a larger TBD design.

[*] 1 - ASW Carrier; being HMSAS Zanj, a modified Ocean-class carriers refit completed in 1950 for anti-submarine warfare, and as the flagship of the hunter-killer force.

[*] 1 - Commando Carrier; being HMSAS Agulhas, a modified Ocean-class carriers refit completed in 1948 for the deployment of special forces, and to serve as flagship of an Amphibious Assault.

[*] 4 - Southern Cruisers; all of the Province-class, to be placed in reserve by 1956.

[*] 16 - Guided Missile Destroyers; all of the Durban-class, primarily as escorts for larger units and area air defense.

[*] 12 - Large Cruiser-Destroyers; all of the Azania-class, for commerce raiding, patrol, gun-fire support and surface interdiction.

[*] 20 - Anti-Submarine Warfare Vessels all of the Clarlie-class refit, armed with advanced sonars and sensor suits, these vessels support new anti-submarine helicopters and can act as Radar Picket ships.

[*] 10 - Submarines of a later TBD design, for fleet screening.[/sub][/list]

[sub]Funded incrementally, this project is expected to be completed by no later than 1965 - though the possibility of an earlier completion remains if there was a need to ramp up production of these vessels. However, through steady construction, this 14 year program will produce thousands of jobs across the United Tribes towards the benefit of the overall economy.[/sub]

[pre] [/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Ubertica

[list]March 1951

[sub]Industry Born in Fire[/sub][/list]

[pre]T H E S K I E S A N D T H E R O A D S[/pre]

[list][sub][pre]Prior to the end of the war, the German air and automobile

industries had been the driving force behind the economy - alongside steel

production. With the end of the war and the destruction of industry,

Germany would be left to rebuild - and that it sought to do with the entry

of ADENAUER, as Federal Chancellor.[/pre][/sub][/list]

SPECIAL INDUSTRIAL PARK, STUTTGART, BADEN-WURTTEMBURG, New Provenance

[sub]THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY[/sub]

| The SPECIAL INDUSTRIAL PARK had been opened by local government authorities on the outskirts of Stuttgart with the intention of reviving industry by allocating a special zone for specialized industries which would be speedily linked to the rest of the country and those allow for swifter exports. The goal was to encourage the growth of local industry while creating tens of thousands of jobs for local citizens. Within the park, major companies like Deutsche Bahn, Klockner Stahlwerk, Volkswagen and more established their presence. More prominently, however, a newfound startup with intriguing history would secure for themselves two lots in the large park. That company would be BOLKOW, founded in 1948 in Stuttgart by Ludwig Bolkow, a small businessman with an interest in flight. The company since its founding had been quietly working to develop small passenger aircraft for civilian and industrial usage, and helicopters were introduced into the company development portfolio in 1949. It has received funding from the National Aerospace Development Foundation (Nationale Stiftung für die Entwicklung der Luft- und Raumfahrt), a wealthy company founded by former aeronautical scientists and engineers seeking to advance German aerospace development. |

| The NADF would organize for the procurement of government subsidies for Bolkow to see its development of a light trainer aircraft, designated the Bo.101 Mk. 1, for civilian use. It would also serve as a test bed for the Bo.112, a medium transport aircraft that could carry cargo and transport passengers as well. Both aircraft projects were carried out at the same time on similar frameworks, and with the successful first flight of the Bo.101 Mk. 1 in March 1949 - thanks to support from former German aeronautics engineers from the NADF who lended their technical expertise - the German government authorized an increase in subsidies for a range of projects, including the Bo 45 experimental transport helicopter, which started development in November 1950. The rise of Bolkow as a leading future aircraft manufacturer brought to it attention - enough attention to inspire legislation in the Bundestag to invest into advanced technologies research at the behest of the Adenauer government. |

[list][pre]INTRODUCED; An Act to Expand Advanced Technological Opportunities, of the Year 1950[/pre][/list]

| In this Special Industrial Park, Bolkow would establish a new research and development facility and the groundwork for a parts manufacturing plant, from which it would be linked to the nearby Stuttgart Airport, where Bolkow already had facilities. The expansion of operations by the company marked a next step in its development, supported financially by Oskar Schroder, magnate and owner of Schroder Werke. Interest was growing in the development of Germany's aerospace industry, which had blossomed prior to the war. The federal government now sought to expand its investments into the country's aeronautics and advanced flight industries, which it had prominent expertise in compared to other nations. According to the terms of government subsidies contract provided to Bolkow this month, the company was to work with Holn AG, an electronics company that specialized in developing radar and interfaces for use in aircraft, to develop; |

[list][pre]Bo. 101 Mk. 1 - Light trainer aircraft - PROTOTYPE AND ACTIVE TESTING STATE

Bo.112 - Medium transport aircraft - EARLY PROTOTYPE DEVELOPMENT

Bo.115 - Light scientific aircraft - PROPOSITION STAGE

Bo 45 - Experimental transport helicopter - DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

Bo 50 - Light transport helicopter - PROPOSITION STAGE

Bo.220 - Experimental jet aircraft - PROPOSITION STAGE[/pre][/list]

| Another pioneering and growing company establishing its foothold in German industry through the new Special Industrial Park would be a company by the name of Mercedez-Benz, formerly known as Daimler Motors. The company was founded in 1926 and during the war produced war materiel and logistics vehicles for the Wehrmacht, earning them a controversial reputation. In the aftermath of the war, the company had been put under 'federal lock' - the nickname for a government policy of freezing companies involved in crimes against humanity during the war - until 1950, when the company was re-opened under new leadership as per an executive decree signed by Chancellor Konrad Adenauer. The company re-opened two factories, a headquarters, and a research and development facility in Stuttgart. A third factory would be planned to be built in the Special Industrial Park, as the company sought to return to its roots of producing middle- to high-class and high-grade consumer vehicles and trucks, which in the developing German economy would be vital to keeping the nation's circulatory system alive and well. |

| Through investments sourced from entrepreneurs, Mercedes-Benz would secure funding to produce and/ordesign; |

[list][pre]Mercedes-Benz L4500 - 112 HP - 5.0 t payload

Mercedes-Benz Kristall - Private consumer vehicle - DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

Mercedes-Benz L3500 - 90-100 HP - 3.5 t payload[/pre][/list]

| Funding for the production of the L4500, the company's heavy-lifter truck, would be procured from a federal government contract to arm emergency services - especially firefighters - with fire trucks in urban areas, as part of the Adenauer government's Urban Safety agenda launched this spring. Beyond logistical trucks, Mercedes-Benz would begin planning for the Kristall, a private consumer vehicle that would seek to compete with the Volkswagen Beetle, which currently dominated the German civilian automobile market. The Kristall would be slated for a release by 1952, while the company secures additional support and funding for new projects and expansions out of the automobile industry and potentially into railway, dominated by Deutsche Bahn AG of Oskar Schroder. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Israelli, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Metropolitan Francais, Ubertica, Brazil Toucan

[list][list][pre]Brno, Czechia, ČSSR

MARCH, 1951 - CZECHOSLOVAK COMMUNIST GOVERNMENT RE-ORGANIZES MILITARTY[/pre][pre]ČESKOSLOVENSKÁ KOMUNISTICKÁ VLÁDA REORGANIZUJE ARMÁDU[/pre]________________________________________________[/list][/list]

| Often nicknamed "The Little USSR", Czechoslovakia has historically been a model example of self-sufficiency, government strength, and cultural organization. With the takeover by Czechoslovakia's new communist government, the nation's strengths have become a primary focus of development once again. Similar to the USSR, the ČSSR's industrial self-sufficiency and production is one of model-importance to not only the entire nation, but its fellow Europeans, West and East. A notable industry within Czechoslovakia's array of production is its arms idustry, a massive producer of its unique designs and models, as well as foreign licensed production (primarily from the East). These industries have come under the Communist goverment's eye, with desires for major re-organization to take place amongst the entire Czechoslovak military. With a re-shuffle of leadership, and re-organization of the army structure, the addtional structuring of its military production will also take place. There has been major reorganization according to the Soviet model, and in 1951, an Agreement signed between Czechoslovakia and the USSR on the method and conditions of accounting for supplied armaments and material, according to which the Soviet Union provided a loan of almost 44 million rubles for the purchase of military equipment, especially aircraft and radars. Along with increased funding towards Czechoslovak domestic production, an increase ins ervice-personnel has also been sought-out. With an increase in the number of members of the military, which aims to reach 300,000 active-duty people by 1955. The Czechoslovaks will continue to be a military and industrial force to be reckoned with, within the European continent. |

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1101906

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Ubertica

TOPPLING HOXHA - YUGOSLAVIA SEEKS TO LIBERATE ALBANIA

13:00 - 23:59 on April 9th 1951

* there shall be 3 RPs, one for each day of the Operation which will all be posted within the next 3 IRL days

With the Hoxha Regime in Albania a constant reason for concern in both Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union, their aversion to the Eastern Bloc threatening each day to send them running to a third power, Tito has with the full approval and backing of Stalin begun an operation to topple him from power. Albania was cut off, virtually no friends and surrounded on all sides by Yugoslavia, Greece and on the other the NATO-dominated Sea. To remove Hoxha and admit Albania as an equal Republic into the Yugoslav State would not just secure the southern Border and coastline but the vital Port City of Durres. Though small in size the Albanian Army could not be given enough time to withdraw Troops from their own Border with Greece however, and thus any action taken would need to be done quickly and with only one warning. Possessing no Air Force capable of intercepting foreign Aircraft, Bombs would be that one and only warning.

Beginning at 13:15 the Yugoslav Air Spearhead would make its move from three separate directions, one from Podgorica in Montenegro, one from Mitrovica in Serbian Kosovo and the final from Skopje in Macedonia. These three Spearheads would themselves split into multiple thrusts once reaching into Albanian Airspace to strike numerous targets with merciless and uncontested air attack. In total there would exist 13 High priority Bombing Zones consisting either of Logistical Points such as Road Junctions or confirmed Military Bases and Reservist gathering Points. Striking these points are 82 Rocket & Bomb equipped Ilyushin Il-2 Ground Attack Aircraft and 60 Bomb-equipped Ikarus S-49 Fighters making for a powerful fist with which to pound the Albanians from the skies. (Map indicates striking points for the Yugoslav Air Forces :) https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/edit?mid=1uwaFG15br9jw6cm0hXjULfwrhw0iSzQ&usp=sharing

The Ground attack itself would come only a very short time later at 13:25 from five primary directions, and in the south one extra towards Körce just for luck. The Offensive started along the whole length of the frontier but was concentrated towards three Objectives : Shëngjin, Tirana and Elbasan. Matching these three Objectives, three Army Groups had been assembled of one Soviet and two Yugoslav Army Formations.

[spoiler=Army Group North (67,000) - Shëngjin > Tirana]

1st Mechanized Corps [30,000 men]

40th Infantry Division [12,000 men]

42nd Infantry Division [12,000 men]

3rd Armored Division [12,000 men]

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Army Group Centre (67,000) - Tirana]

4th Mechanized Corps [30,000 men]

27th Infantry Division [12,000 men]

32nd Infantry Division [12,000 men]

5th Armored Division [12,000 men]

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Army Group South (69,500 men) - Elbasan > Tirana]

- 10th Guards Corps [30,000 men]

- 32nd Guards Mechanized Division [13,000 men]

- 70th Guards Rifle Division [15,000 men]

- 11th Guards Mechanised Division [50 tanks]

- 44th Mountain-Rifle Division [10,000 men]

- 2nd Guards Tank Corps [120 tanks]

- 3rd Guards Separate Spetsnaz Brigade [1,500]

[/spoiler]

Soviet Forces while operationally part of the Liberation would tactically function entirely independently in order to provide a limited level of competition between the two Armies on who could reach Tirana first. Striking along the Axis of Struga > Elbasan > Tirana the Soviet thrust would have the benefit of having large scale Roads along the entire route, the Centre advancing along a Debar > Bulqizë > Burrel > Fushë-Krujë > Tirana axis would have a much longer but less mountainous route. The longest and thus most unlikely to reach Tirana first was the Northern Army Group, possessing an Axis along Ulcinj > Shkodër > Shëngjin Fushë-Krujë > Tirana. All of these thrusts were equally vital as they in a combined fashion included all of the Major Roads North and East of Tirana and thus a quick advance would cut off countless smaller Albanian Units and deny them an effective retreat to their Capital.

-----

NORTH : The first two hours of the Offensive went along with little resistance provided by the Albanians, almost certainly due to the element of surprise but also the reserve-heavy focus of their Army. This did slowly, minute after minute change however, and by 15:00 all three Army Groups were facing organized resistance along and in front of their offensive spearheads. The Northern Group had successfully crossed the Buna River south of the City of Shkodër and smaller Units were paying a heavy price for attempting to move past the hill-top fortress of Rozafa. Despite almost constant Bombardment by field guns its garrison continued to fire with small arms down onto Forces trying to move past its northern and southern slopes. The City itself, sprawling in nature was of secondary importance to the Army as its main objective in that area was the Bridge itself. Moving onwards rapidly the next formidable resistance was posed by an Albanian Tank Brigade on the northern flank of the town of Bushat along which the main road ran. Even with these setbacks the Northern Army Group was able by midnight to advance to within 4km of the vital Bridge over the Mat River. Once crossing this River they would be a mere 38 kilometers from Tirana.

CENTRE : The winding and curved roads of the Central Axis proved to slow down the Yugoslav Advance and give further time for the Albanians to prepare themselves and even form a small counterattack in the town of Qukës which delayed their advance by three hours. Even so however aided by almost constant air support the first major battle occurred at the town of Librazhd. In this major Roadside town Albanian Forces had been gathering to form a defensive group to defend the funnel. Flanked on both sides by mountains and sitting on the only major road through the area it was the smartest place for them to form such a defense, and by doing so were able to battle the Yugoslavs almost until midnight when under the safety of darkness they slipped out of town westward towards the next bottleneck of Elbasan.

South : Soviet Forces being more methodical and possessing much more advanced items of support such as Jet Bombers, had a much easier time of advancing along their own route. They had in fact been able to cut off two Albanian Brigades in the town of Gramsh by conducting an airborne landing with the 3rd Guards Separate Spetsnaz Brigade on the northern flank of the Town. Battered on both sides these confused and disorganized Albanian Formations had either surrendered or retreated into the Mountains leaving their heavy equipment behind. So rapid was their advance in fact that by Midnight they were able to see the muzzle flashes from Army Group Centres Field Guns as they began advancing through the southern suburbs of Elbasan. It was here decided by the Soviet Command to leave a token force in the form of the 70th Guards Rifle Division to assist the Yugoslavs by advancing further into the City. The remaining portions of the Soviet Forces would continue onwards along the highway towards Tirana, now only 26 kilometers from the Albanian Capital.

-----

Despite the Yugoslav-Soviet offensive taking place along the entire frontier, an Albanian Mountaineer Division did manage to push into Yugoslavia towards Plav, almost entering the town before Territorial Units with support by extensive air attack pushed them back into Albanian Territory. It was the sad display that despite the heroism of individual Albanian units, the neglect placed upon their own support units had made any meaningful combat almost useless.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Central Arstotzka, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, East Germany Ddr, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, La Granadinas, Brazil Toucan

[list][list]The Kingdom of Greece, Greeks in Albania Liberated : Greek Armed Forces Liberate Part of Northern Epirus From Albanian Menace!, April 1951

Το Βασίλειο της Ελλάδος, Οι Έλληνες στην Αλβανία απελευθερώνονται : Οι ελληνικές ένοπλες δυνάμεις απελευθερώνουν τη Βόρειο Ήπειρο από την αλβανική απειλή!, Απρίλιος 1951[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands, Ranponian and Osivoii - The Greek, Yugoslav and Soviet Armed Forces! - Οι ελληνικές, γιουγκοσλαβικές και σοβιετικές ένοπλες δυνάμεις![/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| GREEKS IN ALBANIA, THE ALBANIAN BORDER, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | ΈΛΛΗΝΕΣ ΣΤΗΝ ΑΛΒΑΝΊΑ, ΑΛΒΑΝΙΚΆ ΣΎΝΟΡΑ, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| On the 28th of February, 1914, following the rough aftermath of the Second Balkan War, in the Southern Region of Albania named Northern Epirus, independence was declared by the Autonomous Region of Northern Epirus. In October 1914, the region would be ruled under Greek administration, with high levels of autonomy. It was here where the region was finally joined in union with Greece, a long-awaited union it was. The substantial amount of Greeks in the region had grown over the years, and now was the time for union. However, in 1916, the land was stripped of its Greek administration once more by the Entente powers, and put under their administration. A large amount of Greeks, totaling well over 100,000, along with 50,000-100,000 more Greeks in Albania were removed from their proper motherland once more. During the Second World War, Albania was made an Italian Protectorate, and where the Italian menace invaded Greece from, the Greeks repelled the invasion, but ultimately retreated to Crete following near capitulation. The Greeks in the area were trapped once more, this time under fascist tyrants. However, with Greece gaining her mainland back, and with the post-war period now in full swing and Greece’s Armed Forces built up once more, it was clear that Greece had some ambitions to regain the land back. |[/list]

[list]| Upon hearing the news of a joint Yugoslavian and Soviet Liberation at 13:00 on the 9th of April, 1951, Greece had to respond. The choice was clear, remain neutral and let the Greeks in Albania continue to suffer, or jump at the opportunity, and liberate the Greeks who were long separated from their rightful land. At 13:00 on the 9th of April, Prime Minister Konstantinos Tsaldaris, not desperate for public support, gave the green light. The liberation of Albania by Greece had begun, a quest to protect and defend Greeks and ethnic Greeks in the region. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]” We have long been separated and divided from our Albanian brothers, but now my fellow countrymen and countrywomen, is the day of liberation! Troops of the Greek Army have started their liberation of Albania, with Greek troops entering Albanian cities from our border as we speak! Now is the time for celebration now is the time for union, now is the time for our rightful Greek brethren to be liberated!”[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Prime Minister, Konstantinos Tsaldaris[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| LIBERATION, THE ALBANIAN BORDER, ALBANIA, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | ΑΠΕΛΕΥΘΈΡΩΣΗ, ΑΛΒΑΝΙΚΆ ΣΎΝΟΡΑ, ΑΛΒΑΝΊΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| At 17:00 on the 9th of April, 20,000 men of the 10th Mountain Division of Greece stationed on the Albanian border had received their orders, to liberate Greeks in Albania. Quick battle plans were formulated, accompanies by old plans from the Second World War that in theory, should still work. At this time, thousands of men, accompanied by 25 GMT-50 Medium Tanks, covered by the Greek Navy and Spitfires from the Greek Air Force marched into Albania, with the mission of liberation. This marks the first large-scale military operation performed by Greece since the war. The 20,000-man force encountered little to no resistance, only specifically marching into the towns of Konispol, Vërvë, Çiflig, and towns populated with Greeks. In these towns, the liberators were greeted with cheers, finally achieving union once more with the cities. As the Greeks continued their advance into Northern Epirus into the night, several key roads and points were taken, such as the towns of Mursi and Shalës. As morning rose not the 10th of April, Greek troops had reached Ksamil, a supply hub, and another key point in the campaign. |[/list]

[list]| This was to be the climax of the liberation, a small liberation into Albania to protect and keep the Greeks living in Albania safe, and to unite them back with the homeland. The mission was a success, and as Greek troops started to assert their influence and control over the newly liberated cities, the liberation was met with celebrations across the nation, particularly in Athens. At this point, only time will tell if these newly recovered territories are to remain Greek or will be stripped of them once more just like before. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]” The Greek Population in Northern Epirus as far as I can say, are finally liberated, finally united, finally Greek once more. Their long-awaited union has come. They are now protected, they are now safe, they are now able to proudly and took pride for being Greek.” [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Defense Minister, Konstantinos Karamanlis[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Ubertica

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

07 March — 1951[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]COMPACT WITH AZANIA: PARLIAMENT INITIATES HOUSING REFORM & “CLEAN URBANIZATION”;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| DURBAN — “WE MUST ERADICATE POVERTY!” and ”FOCUS AT HOME”, yelled members of an increasingly rebellious “Patriotic Front” faction within the ANC’s back benches. Led by an outspoken Oliver Tambo, members of the “PF” have grown discontent with the direction of Azania under the leadership of Prime Minister Zwane. They criticize the Premier’s internationalist focus which they argue has come at the expense of internal development, and the true liberation of African peoples from the yoke of Imperialism. Whether it be the August Accords of the late 40’s which drew the ire of the international community, the Zambezia Crisis, or the Premier’s focus on the “continental project” - the PF’s populist and ethnonationalist message has gained traction, especially among younger voters who oppose the incrementalist approach of elder ANC leaders. With the General Election drawing near, grumblings within political circles surmise that a split within the ANC may be on the horizon opening the door for a return of the United Party, now under JGN Strauss, to government.[/sub]

[sub]To shore up popular support, the Prime Minister and the ANC whips pushed through Parliament a new act in continuation of the “Compact with Azania” program. Entitled the Housing and Urbanization Act of 1951 (HUA), the piece of legislation aims to tackle the issue of housing discrimination, and provide funding for a national movement to expand the nation’s urban areas.[/sub]

[sub]In 1951, 4,462,880 Azanians lived within the limits of an urbanized area - constituting just 29.3% of the population. Of that amount, the vast majority of citizens are Whites and Coloureds, with the remainder of the population living either in traditional settlements, rural townships, family farms, or in areas cordoned off for “natives” before the repeal of the Native Land Areas (NLA) Acts in the late ‘30s. Being mostly “slums” by modern definitions, those settlements in the Native Land Areas were crime ridden, devoid of electricity & modern plumbing, with a dreary atmosphere; far below the standard of living deserving of some of the hardest workers in Azania who were once legally, and now economically locked out of a better quality of life. Those people, and others desiring a more “metropolitan” lifestyle, were the focus of the HUA.[/sub]

[sub]By and large, the departure of some 434,000 white Azanians before the nation’s withdrawal from the August Accord, opened the door for nearly that same number of aboriginal Azanians to obtain positions whose income would allow access to a middle class standard of living. In fact, with the compilation of homes turned over to the state, and subsequently to banks for resale at discounted prices to natives - families totalling nearly 600,000 persons were able to “move on up” to neighborhoods once reserved and dominated by their white counterparts. However, this number was barely 6% of Azanians who were categorized as living in poverty during the last census in 1946. In fact, when taking into consideration the 1.2 million native Rhodesians who remain in refugee shelters pending an agreement with the post-Smith government, means that this natural transfer of wealth ultimately did little in improving the lives Azania’s most vulnerable.[/sub]

[sub]Thus, writing into the act, policies influenced by John Keynes, the United Tribes would initiate a housing and urbanization program centering around the following measures;[/sub]

[list][sub][*] Establishment of a Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs would be established based out of Durban, with a mandate to formulate and administer the rules, policies, and laws concerning housing and urban development within the United Tribes of Azania. To lead this Ministry, labor activist and architect Willem Van Der Linde would be appointed, from the Labour Party.

[*] Establishment of an Office of Public Housing, to plan, administer, and maintain current and new units of public housing across the United Tribes of Azania.

[*] Construction of 495,000 units of public housing for low income/impoverished citizens near and within the major metropolitan areas of the United Tribes of Azania over the next 10-15 years. Principally in Cape Town, Port Elizabeth, Durban, East London, Pretoria, Johannesburg, and Luanda.

[*] Under this program, the 495,000 units of public housing will be distributed out to families on a ‘Lease-to-Own’ contractual basis, where citizens would have the opportunity to assume ownership of their housing unit after a residency period of 10 years. This contract is transferable to the successors of the head of household, who may complete the 10-year residency period and assume ownership on behalf of the family.

[*] Additionally, the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs will begin the process of reviewing zoning policies in the nation’s major metropolitan and rural municipalities to develop a comprehensive urban planning document. That document will emphasize the creation of “green spaces” at the heart of each village/city, and an overall development of the “pedestrian city" as the standard for Azanian municipalities. Such a focus would encompass the expansion of public transportation and a policy rebuff against the “car centric” urban planning scheme in most other industrialized nations.

[*] The formation of new Public and Private Partnerships for the planning and construction of new units of housing within the urban areas of Azania at affordable prices for a growing middle class of citizens. Those units of housing would be designed with a new, and unique architectural style that infuses contemporary “Modernist” design with the characteristics of traditional housing developed naturally by aboriginal, caper, and afrikaner groups in southern Africa.

[*] A process of devolution will be initiated to move the administrative headquarters of government Ministries out of Cape Town and Pretoria and into other metropolitan areas. Taking the form of “Ministry Clusters”, the movement of administrative centers will be undertaken with the goal of stimulating urban growth by bringing government jobs to other moderately populated cities and towns throughout the United Tribes. With those government jobs, adivsers believe and planners hope, will encourage more citizens to take part in this new urbanization - leaving the country side, or more densely populated cities, to live elsewhere.

[*] Using funds from the French Republic, the United Tribes would direct investment into energy, chemical, and food processing companies to establish plants and facilities near urban areas of all sizes - and likewise establish tax incentives for a devolution of factory/plant placement out of the industrial heart of Azania, to “identify and develop the intersection where Industry, and higher standards of living for common people can meet”.

[*]The United Tribes will expand it’s public work’s program to modernize and expand access to modern plumbing (and clean drinking water), electricity, and garbage collection to rural Azania and it’s growing urban areas. This process, creating thousands of jobs, would be supervised by the Office of Public Works.

[*] Finally, the Office of Public Works would coordinate with local municipalities to pursue “cleanliness” in urban areas, with a public campaign on radio, and other advertisements to “Pick it Up” in an effort to curtail rubbish in the streets, and creating a program where metals, alloys, and other produced items can be exchanged for pence at the local garbage processing center both for recycling, and to prevent waste build-up.[/sub][/list]

[sub]Through these reforms, the government of Azania will embark upon a multi-million effort to greatly curtail poverty levels, expand it’s economic potential by strengthening the workforce, whilst also better aligning “human progress” with the natural beauty of southern Africa.[/sub]

[pre] [/pre]

____________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica

[list][list][list][pre]THE SOLOMONIC STATE OF ETHIOPIA

የኢትዮጵያ ሰለሞናዊ ግዛት

Ye’ītiyop’iya Selemonawī Gizati[/pre][/list]

______

SUDANESE VIOLATION OF ERITREA AGREEMENT SPARKS NATIONAL SECURITY CONCERN!

[sub]TAFARI BENTI ADMINISTRATION | ADDIS ABABA, APRIL 1951[/sub][/list]

[sub]The news of Sudan revoking the previously made agreement regarding demilitarization of Eritrea and acknowledging Eritrea as part of Ethiopia was released strategically by the Ethiopian Ministry of Defense and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to the Ethiopian media but more interestingly, to the Eritrean population sparking an outrage on the heavily influenced Ethiopian areas of Eritrea. As the Ministry of Mass Media and Communication continues to provide directives to the Ethiopian media outlets on how to spin the delivery of the news to the public, Haile Selassie I called for an immediate meeting with the Chiefs of the Ethiopian General Staff and leadership of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at the House of Jubilee in Addis Ababa to formulate a game plan and overall strategy regarding Eritrea and Sudan. At the meeting, it was initially determined to officially establish the Supreme Chief of the General Staff to operate as the liaison to the Solomonic Royal Court but also to oversee the Defense Command. Such a position was granted to Haile loyalist and fervent supporter Major General Mulugeta Buli, who fought in the Italo-Abyssinia Wars. The entirety of the Ethiopian Defense leadership was comprised of former warlords and guerrilla leaders that fought against the Italians, therefore, understood the terrain and layout of Eritrea. Since the victory of the Italo-Abyssinia War, Haile provided amnesty to the remaining Askaris in exchange for their allegiance to the Solomonic Crown and to the Ethiopian Empire.[/sub]

[sub]As the audience targeting operations of the Ethiopian media expanded its scope to tribal village areas and metropolitan centers, the public opinion of Sudan begun to spoil. On Ethiopian radio broadcast, the Ethiopian government deployed their propagandists highlighting that 30,000 Sudanese personnel on rightfully acknowledged Ethiopian land, per agreements with Khartoum, is a clear violation of national sovereignty, a clear provocation to a defensive war to ensure the full protection of Ethiopia, and is as gross of a violation of the nationhood of Ethiopia as the war waged by Italia for colonial ambitions. While media broadcast continued now in Addis Ababa and targeting northward in the direction of Addis Ababa, the Ministry of Defense has been informed by Osivoii that the USSR will be providing Ethiopia with 300,000 AK-47s to be put into service for the Army. Furthermore, the first batch of the 45 x Kedus Harbe APC (modeled after the IC Rhodesian Greyhound APC and its variants) have completed their production and entering of service in addition to the first 10 x Yetbarak Main Battle Tank and 10 x Tatadim Tank.[/sub]

[sub]To utilize the guerrilla and insurgency experience the Ethiopian defense leadership possesses, Major General Buli has reorganized the Arbegnoch ("Patriots"), which refers to Ethiopian guerrilla personnel in WWII, to begin infiltrations into Eritrea to conduct intelligence operations under the guise of civilian clothing with fake work visas. The Arbegnoch have received orders to expand their intelligence outposts in Eritrea, headquartered from Sanda and Tio, while seeking to recruit the Askari per their agreements to remain faithful to the Solomonic Royal Court. Additionally, in a covert action, the following equipment was moved to Aksum:[/sub]

[list]10 x Ilyushin DB-3 bombers

5 x IL-10 ground-attack aircraft

10 x Su-2[/list]

[sub]No conventional Ethiopian military forces have been deployed but orders to begin preparations of 35,000 conventional forces have been dispersed. With continual defensive positions and consultation occurring in the t’orineti kifili (war room) at the House of Jubilee, Haile Selassie I summoned the Royal Office for Media Relations and Public Outreach so he may provide a statement directly to the people of Ethiopia but more specifically targeted at Khartoum. Wearing his full military regalia, within 30 minutes, Haile would sit at his desk, which bore a map of Africa that took the entirety of the wall behind his desk chair. The desk was made out of polished redwood and mahogany with a gold embroidery and the emblem of the Tribe of Judah on the front in gold. Sitting in his chair and his fingers interlaced, Haile would begin to speak:[/sub]

[list][pre]"Beloved people of Ethiopia. My entire lifetime has been committed to upholding the defense of African liberty, independence, and self-determined freedom...to allow the people of Africa to determine their own course of action and to mold a life of liberty and blessed knowledge. The lands of Ethiopia has been sought after by enemies and powers both young and old but it is the fight within us all and our belief in God that has kept these lands independently triumphant against all those who dare arrive with shackles and malfeasance. We have always operated under the assumption that oppression, suppression, and occupation would come in the form of a foreigner that seeks to exploit the riches and blessings of our families and lands for their own riches and prosperity at the expense of our suffering and death. We only thought it because it was the reality of Africa for centuries. We only ever thought that the shackles would arrive by the hands of strangers...not by our own people. This morning we have all heard the declaration from Khartoum that and I quote: 'Sudan announces that 30,000 troops cannot be withdrawn over night or over a couple of months and therefore take time. As long as peace is preserved and the agreement is protect all sides should remain calm and at peace, no need for brutal and senseless aggression.' The Empire of Ethiopia has shown no aggression to Sudan and remained compliant to the agreement of mutual demilitarization in exchange for the recognition of Eritrea as part of Ethiopia fully. The people of Eritrea would be able to govern themselves within the domain of the Ethiopian Empire; however, the true reality of the policies of Khartoum have been revealed and I will admit that for the first time in my life, I have allowed the blindness of trust and kindred love to open weakness in judgment. Per the agreements of Khartoum, Eritrea is part of Ethiopia; however, Khartoum has prompted to maintain a standing invasion force of 30,000 personnel on rightful Ethiopian lands that Sudan recognizes to be Ethiopian.[/pre][/list]

[list][pre]We have heard it in the clear for the first time from Sudan of their insistence to keep 30,000 troops in what Khartoum has already recognized as Ethiopian lands. 30,000 personnel is not a policing force. It is not a security force. It is an invasion and occupation force. It is an annexation force. The clear violation of the agreements of mutual demilitarization of Eritrea has been broken by the clear aggression of the Sudanese under the guise of peace. I stated prior that the fight for full liberation has inverted to within the African family. The clear violation of Ethiopian national security at the hands of the Sudanese is the first example of this unending fight to preserve the nation of Ethiopia and the legacy of this blessed Dynasty. There comes a time when a leader...when a man must rise to the occasion to protect his family, his tribe, his dignity. I have led by example this proud nation for 21 years and I upheld the tenets of anti-colonialism and imperialism long before there concepts of Pan-Africanism came to be. I have put my own life and blood at risk for the survival of my own people and the true fight for the bright light of African independence. I have been beaten, gassed, shot at, and brutalized because I believed more in the dignity of my people to simply accept colonial subjectivity. And now that East Africa has been secured, the time has come for the light of our Renaissance to warm the hearts and minds of our brothers and sisters that continue to struggle under the boot of oppression not just by colonial masters but also now by domestic warlords and corrupted ideologues. The fight for independence is now concentrated within the African family more than it is outside. To Khartoum: have your troops leave Ethiopian soil at once if you truly believe in peace. If you truly seek prosperity, abide by your agreement and leave immediately. If Khartoum does not leave Ethiopian lands and continue their vile violation of Ethiopian sovereignty, then Addis Ababa must defend itself and its people once more to ensure the fullest of liberty, freedom, and independence from any and all violators of our human rights per clauses of the United Nations and the charter of the African Union. It is the right of Ethiopia to defend its national integrity and we will do so if Sudan continues these unwarranted violations."[/pre][/list]

[sub]After his declaration, Haile would return to the War Room while he would receive continual updates of the general acceptance of his message by the Ethiopian population against Sudan.[/sub]

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

DAY TWO OF THE LIBERATION OF ALBANIA

April 10th 1951

NORTH : With a slight respite for the Albanians in the night the morning was heralded in by low flying Rocket Wielding IL-2 Sturmoviks of the Yugoslav Air Force which at 06:30 struck hastily created trench lines of the Albanian Army outside of the town of Fushë Milot and Gurëz on the southern bank of the Mat River. Valiant fighting ensued with extensive machine gun fire originating from these positions however a mixture of direct fire from Tanks and support from Artillery in the rear by 09:45 they were unable to prevent the 3rd Yugoslav Armored Division from crossing the two vital Bridges across it. This was a fatal loss as now the territory opened up into flat fields for the northern Army Group and its Mechanized Forces were thus permitted for the first time in their mission so far the ability to drive cross country rather than being limited to the Roads.

At Fushë-Krujë, the last stop on the road to Tirana Yugoslav Tank Columns inadvertently entered combat with Albanian Troops coming up the western highway towards them, breaking into combat at point blank ranges over the Crossroads. While the Yugoslav Forces were unable to wipe out this relatively organized Albanian Force however they were able to push them back along the Road towards Durrës and thus push them out of the axis of advance. Around 17:35 Forces from the Northern Army Group successfully entered the Tirana outskirts of Kamëz, a mainly residential municipality which would no doubt make things more difficult due to the large amounts of houses within which to hide. By midnight while they were unable to enter the city center they had cut off the western approaches into the City by seizing the vital Bridge in the Ura Municipality. With the Albanians not possessing any reasonable air transport this Road was one of the few they could take to leave if they were in fact still present.

Limited attempts were undertaken by understrength Albanian Units to the south west of the City that had not been able to fully rally their strength, however the Yugoslav Air Forces along with Soviet and Yugoslav Ground Troops were more than a match to throw them back from their heroic yet ill fated attempts. A small 2,600 strong landing on the Beaches of Rinia north of Durrës was a great success, their goal only to put pressure on the last remaining untouched military stronghold of the Albanian army.

CENTRE : The Yugoslav Centre had continued to make progress throughout the night due to the urban nature of the fighting and by 08:40 on the 10th had ripped control of Elbasan Castle from the Albanian Militias that occupied it. The rapid nature of the liberation had seemed to work in favor of the Yugo/Soviet coalition as Civilians fleeing the fighting had moved deeper into Albania and thus clogged roads filled with Albanian Reinforcements. While the Yugoslav flag was successfully raised over the Government Offices in the center of the city, fighting was intense around the Roundabout in the western half, with a trap slowly enclosing around the resistance there with Soviet Infantry from the west and Yugoslav Mechanized Forces from the East. The famous Tito Gun (Mountain Gun + Field Gun) was used extensively within the city, its small size allowing it to be dragged into Alleys to blow up buildings with resistance forces in them.

Despite many of these successes the Yugoslav Centre fell behind schedule and by midnight were still fighting in the City Center with Albanian Forces that had been intended to rush to the Capital before being trapped in Elbasan. This was an obviously unforeseen consequence of the rapid operation, that by cutting off Albanian Forces they would inevitably be stranded in the path of the spearhead.

SOUTH : The Soviet decision to envelop Elbasan and move the bulk of its force onwards to Tirana had turned out to be a magnificent one indeed, not only catching many Albanian units falling back along the road to Tirana. An attempt to form a rearguard at Bërzhitë became a disaster as the weight of the Soviet Mechanized Spearhead strangled its defenders and forced them into a retreat over the River following a botched demolition job on the towns Bridge. This demolition left one of the two Bridges destroyed and the other almost intact. Entering the City south of Grand Park at 13:20 (almost 4 hours before Yugoslav Forces entered the City, giving the final honor to the Soviets) and pushing along the Highway they were able to take multiple City blocks without much of a fight.

Being better equipped and somewhat better led the Soviets had a more systematic method of offensive, that being to localize fights against resistance rather than halting the advance such as the Commander of the Yugoslav Centre had done. They conducted the same strategy inside of Tirana itself, advancing as much as possible and once resistance was met leaving token forces to combat it while seeking another route of advance. This Strategy led to multiple City Blocks being taken in the time it would have to battle through one or two stubbornly defended ones. It should therefore come as no surprise that by midnight they had advanced to within 500 meters of the Skanderbeg Square at the very heart of the City. This last push included occupation of the Cities Police Headquarters, within which multiple high Government figures including the head of Police were taken prisoner. Many foreign Missions were effectively within the Soviet zone of control as the hour struck midnight, though both Soviet and Yugoslav Forces were careful to leave them intact and unharmed.

It was becoming increasingly clear that the thinly spread Albanian Army, cut off from many of its staging grounds and now cut off from its chain of command would only be further strangled as the operation went on. Forces of the Soviet Vanguard which had split from the main spearhead at Cërrik had reached as far as Kavajë by the end of the day, dangerously close to cutting Albania in two.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

FINAL DAY OF THE LIBERATION OF ALBANIA

April 11th 1951

North : A noticeable difference was to be witnessed on the third day of the invasion, that being that the gunfire in Shkodër had fallen mostly silent amidst the Albanian Garrisons final uses of their limited munitions stocks, which while would have been sufficient for multiple days of fighting was across the River in Bahçallëk which had been under Yugoslav Control for two days now. While this led to many Albanian units surrendering, politically infused Forces of Hoxha´s own Guards Division continued to battle over the Industrial Sector which granted them significant cover. The day saw the surrender of many undermanned Albanian Forces who had not yet been involved in fighting but had however been witness over Radio and in person by Refugees of the direction of events elsewhere, this was what had happened to the small Garrison at Kukës among others.

Within Tirana the Yugoslav Forces had moved further along the northern bank of the Lumi Tiranes in both a western and eastern direction in order to secure that area of the city from attempts to break out from those still south of the River. The Agricultural University was one of the many buildings to fall during this secondary phase of their operations, as did the bomb-ridden Airport to the North-west of the City. It was in fact at the University that a ragged Enver Hoxha was captured dressed in a Science Teachers Lab Coat attempting to be evacuated with the Students.

At Durrës the final nail in the coffin for the Albanians came as the Commander of the Albanian Navy, recently placed in charge of the defense of the City agreed to a temporary ceasefire which effectively became surrender without the giving up of arms. That being that the Troops within Durrës, the majority of whom were hastily assembled Students and Teenagers would remain within the City without hosting further resistance and in exchange Yugoslav Forces harassing the outskirts would cease their own bombardments. It would be somewhat of a rallying call for other Commanders throughout Albania to no longer put the lives of their men at stake for a cause that was at this point already lost. The Will and determination was there, however militarily the situation was impossible to continue.

Centre : Somewhat before the news at Durrës reached Troops of the other Army Groups, at around 13:15 Forces of the Yugoslav Centre were finally in the mopping up stage within Elbasan. They had served with distinction however outwardly especially to Soviet Forces and those of the Yugoslav Northern Group had underperformed due to their less successful nature. Despite being closer to Tirana than the Soviet Forces they had never actually reached the City. Even so however they had not suffered a defeat, and that above all else would dampen that morale blow.

South : The Soviets had not only matched but surpassed the achievements of the Northern Army Group, having travelled the furthest and taken the least casualties overall despite that success. Soviet Pilots and experts had excelled at assisting Yugoslav Commanders and above all Soviet Pilots had earned the respect and friendship of many a Yugoslav Soldier for their effective support of operations. Despite no official end to the operation as of yet effectively the conflict was rapidly cooling down as firefights became more random rather than sustained and organized, and even though they had a hands-on experience during the fighting the Soviets were still seen more favorably than the Yugoslavs for obvious cultural and territorial reasons, this made them the go-to for holdouts demanding to surrender to Soviet rather than Yugoslav Officers.

-----

The search had already begun not just for more pro-Yugoslav and pro-Soviet Communist Politicians to take charge in a new Albanian Peoples Republic within Yugoslavia but also to conduct a domestic trial against Enver Hoxha who Tito and Stalin both agreed must be put to the sword at the quickest possible moment to prevent long term resurgence of his followers. This search included sympathetic Army Officers to betray Hoxhaist comrades and head a new territorial Army in the medium-term future. Foreign reactions to the Liberation had not gone unnoticed and especially the Greek intervention in the south called for dialogue. Overall however Yugoslavia was willing to accept Greek ownership of the slice of land they had occupied under the pretense of invasion in exchange for full recognition of Albania as a newly associated member of the Peoples Republic of Yugoslavia.

Foreign Personnel such as the staff of Ambassadors and Consuls along with other individuals working at these locations would be afforded the same diplomatic treatment as they would in Yugoslavia despite the effective ceasing to exist of the State they were representatives to. It was an important PR step to offer them continued usage of those buildings, and where refused to permit an almost indefinite period to withdraw.

For the Soviet Union and Comrade Stalin the completion of the vast majority of the Operation would bring further joy, as in a show of communist solidarity and thanks Marshal Tito offered usage to the Soviet Navy and Air Force Installations across the Country, as well as the rights to construct up to four additional Submarine or Naval bases along its coastline. A clear indicator of the war however was that the Yugoslav Army, while being quite effective would still benefit from vast training resources and personnel from the Soviet Union to bring its standard closer to the head of the Eastern Bloc. After all while fighting Albania might have been a resounding success similar results could scarcely be expected of possible combat with Slovenia or even worse NATO as a whole.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

TOMŠIČ CASTIGATES YUGOSLAV CONQUEST OF ALBANIA AS ‘RED CANNIBALISM’, CALLS FOR MILITARY AID

[list][sup]‘THE PARASITE OF NATIONS’

SLOVENIA—APRIL 1951[/sup][/list]

The April invasion of Albania by Marshal Tito’s armies was a cause for urgent alarm in the Slovene Republic. Military commissions met into the late hours of the night, and border posts swelled with reinforcements. The massing of Yugoslav troops for strategic maneuvers had been no secret to a Slovene military command increasingly emphasizing surveillance, but the idea that Tito would mount an invasion of its neighbor—a fellow authoritarian red state under Enver Hoxha—was nonetheless deemed ludicrous by many top Slovene officials. When Yugoslav boots started their march to Tirana, though, the Slovene government could not doubt that reality any longer. Prime Minister Andrej Gosar spent virtually all of the 10th of April behind closed doors in hushed meetings with his ministers, outlining new security measures on the eastern border. On Wednesday, 11 April 1951—the day the conquest was consummated—Gosar and President Vida Tomšič attended a session of the National Assembly to give their first public statements on the invasion, broadcasted by radio to the whole of the Republic and beyond. Their statements lacked hesitation and overbrimmed with a resolute passion. “This is a most grievous case of Marshall Tito’s quenchless thirst for power—a thirst so great that he would cannibalize a fellow Soviet puppet state in the pursuit of it,” Tomšič declared. “This ‘red cannibalism’ will only wreak despair on the pawns whom they fight over: their word ‘liberation’, as we know, means little more than the same conquests that have terrorized towns and villages for millennia.”

Gosar was, perhaps, even harsher. “Marshall Tito’s invasion marks a new chapter in the history of that sad, parasitic state: just as it did at the start of its history, Yugoslavia has decided to eat its own flesh—to feed off its own. It is a parasite of nations: a devourer of friends, interested in little other than Serbo-Croatian supremacy,” he unwaveringly claimed before the legislature. “We in Slovenia are truly the last vanguard standing before the infection of the whole of the South Slavic peoples and their neighbors, and we call upon the world to stand with the Slovene Republic in its quest for free and individual survival.” The National Assembly passed a fresh, newly drafted defense bill for the Armed Forces that afternoon, siphoning the last excess of the year’s Marshall Plan aid to commission a new service pistol from Zlatorog and renovating military installations throughout Styria, White Carniola and Istria. An air base east of the village of Lič near Reka was to receive refurbished hangars and fuel storages, aiming to allow expanded air patrols along the Yugoslav border and over the Adriatic. Warnings were put out that public support of the Yugoslav invasion of Albania would be considered treason—as the Yugoslav aggression toward Albania mirrored that toward Slovenia—prisoners of which would be put to labor on non-sensitive new military infrastructure themselves. The whole issue was deeply uncomfortable: prison labor was already stigmatized, and the Gosar administration had no special interest in restricting free speech. However, the war was an existentially threatening idea for Slovenia, further complicated by the participation of Greece, a Slovene ally. On the Greek incursion, no statements were made.

Lastly, the Slovene Foreign Ministry put out a request for aid. Military and civilian aid, weapons grants and donations, and even mere statements of support were invited of the foreign embassies and diplomatic missions in Ljubljana to bolster the Slovene Republic—Slovenia was truly all that stood between Yugoslavia and the Western world, and with Yugoslav expansionism now proven in history, it was more imperiled than it had ever been.

[list][sub]“Slovenia stands as the great Alpine shield against this rogue state; the most practical way any nation may help to end Yugoslav expansionism is to bestow upon us whatever can be given. In this struggle, we are next in line.”

— Statement from the Slovene Foreign Ministry issued to local embassies and diplomatic staff, 12 April 1951[/sub][/list]

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Bayern Kahla, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

Amsterwald wrote:TOMŠIČ CASTIGATES YUGOSLAV CONQUEST OF ALBANIA AS ‘RED CANNIBALISM’, CALLS FOR MILITARY AID

[list][sup]‘THE PARASITE OF NATIONS’

SLOVENIA—APRIL 1951[/sup][/list]

The April invasion of Albania by Marshal Tito’s armies was a cause for urgent alarm in the Slovene Republic. Military commissions met into the late hours of the night, and border posts swelled with reinforcements. The massing of Yugoslav troops for strategic maneuvers had been no secret to a Slovene military command increasingly emphasizing surveillance, but the idea that Tito would mount an invasion of its neighbor—a fellow authoritarian red state under Enver Hoxha—was nonetheless deemed ludicrous by many top Slovene officials. When Yugoslav boots started their march to Tirana, though, the Slovene government could not doubt that reality any longer. Prime Minister Andrej Gosar spent virtually all of the 10th of April behind closed doors in hushed meetings with his ministers, outlining new security measures on the eastern border. On Wednesday, 11 April 1951—the day the conquest was consummated—Gosar and President Vida Tomšič attended a session of the National Assembly to give their first public statements on the invasion, broadcasted by radio to the whole of the Republic and beyond. Their statements lacked hesitation and overbrimmed with a resolute passion. “This is a most grievous case of Marshall Tito’s quenchless thirst for power—a thirst so great that he would cannibalize a fellow Soviet puppet state in the pursuit of it,” Tomšič declared. “This ‘red cannibalism’ will only wreak despair on the pawns whom they fight over: their word ‘liberation’, as we know, means little more than the same conquests that have terrorized towns and villages for millennia.”

Gosar was, perhaps, even harsher. “Marshall Tito’s invasion marks a new chapter in the history of that sad, parasitic state: just as it did at the start of its history, Yugoslavia has decided to eat its own flesh—to feed off its own. It is a parasite of nations: a devourer of friends, interested in little other than Serbo-Croatian supremacy,” he unwaveringly claimed before the legislature. “We in Slovenia are truly the last vanguard standing before the infection of the whole of the South Slavic peoples and their neighbors, and we call upon the world to stand with the Slovene Republic in its quest for free and individual survival.” The National Assembly passed a fresh, newly drafted defense bill for the Armed Forces that afternoon, siphoning the last excess of the year’s Marshall Plan aid to commission a new service pistol from Zlatorog and renovating military installations throughout Styria, White Carniola and Istria. An air base east of the village of Lič near Reka was to receive refurbished hangars and fuel storages, aiming to allow expanded air patrols along the Yugoslav border and over the Adriatic. Warnings were put out that public support of the Yugoslav invasion of Albania would be considered treason—as the Yugoslav aggression toward Albania mirrored that toward Slovenia—prisoners of which would be put to labor on non-sensitive new military infrastructure themselves. The whole issue was deeply uncomfortable: prison labor was already stigmatized, and the Gosar administration had no special interest in restricting free speech. However, the war was an existentially threatening idea for Slovenia, further complicated by the participation of Greece, a Slovene ally. On the Greek incursion, no statements were made.

Lastly, the Slovene Foreign Ministry put out a request for aid. Military and civilian aid, weapons grants and donations, and even mere statements of support were invited of the foreign embassies and diplomatic missions in Ljubljana to bolster the Slovene Republic—Slovenia was truly all that stood between Yugoslavia and the Western world, and with Yugoslav expansionism now proven in history, it was more imperiled than it had ever been.

[list][sub]“Slovenia stands as the great Alpine shield against this rogue state; the most practical way any nation may help to end Yugoslav expansionism is to bestow upon us whatever can be given. In this struggle, we are next in line.”

— Statement from the Slovene Foreign Ministry issued to local embassies and diplomatic staff, 12 April 1951[/sub][/list]

INVASION OF ALBANIA SPREADS WORRY IN SLOVENIA AND NOW BENELUX

AMSTERDAM - With surprise, the Embassy of Benelux in Albania received an urgent message "INVASION IMMINENT - LONG LIVE ALBANIA AND MAY GOD BRING ALBANIA BACK TO LIFE ONCE MORE".

The staff present were shocked but there was no time to even realise the situation. Soon the combined forces of Greece and Yugoslavia were marching inside the territory at an alarming speed. The Minister of Foreign Affairs of Benelux while taking into consideration the situation, took quickly the realisation that "nothing can be done".

The call by Amsterwald was not left unanswered by the Benelux Government. But since the Benelux has no government yet, the interim Prime Minister, Willem Drees promised to pay a visit to Slovenia and strenghen the bonds in military and economic affairs with the true goal of showing how necessary to creation of this Community and the alliance that is NATO is necessary.

The military of Benelux, while being small, has plans to expend within the next 10 years. The Minister of Defense by interim for the Benelux declared that "unifying the forces of Belgium, Netherlands and Luxembourg, the Benelux can have greater capacity for military presence and defense here and overseas".

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

Nonador, Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Otsla, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

brunis is gaming

LIBERATION OF ALBANIA EXPOSED MULTIPLE ISSUES WITH YUGOSLAV ARMED FORCES

April 20th 1951

While the Liberation of Albania was a complete success it exposed certain shortcomings with the Yugoslav Armed Forces, problems which the Army High Command immediately set about tackling with the assistance of their Soviet Allies. Possessing a much too large ratio between Combat Troops and Support Personnel there existed many moments where Munitions or Fuel would have been, without quick intervention by Staff Officers, been either delivered in too slow a manner or in not large enough quantities. Too many Support Staff were being relied upon in a combat environment to resupply actively fighting Troops which require huge sums of munitions and supplies to maintain the initiative.

Warfare as a long term prospect itself lives and dies on the ability of a Nation to produce the Supplies needed to keep combat going, one of the reasons it took so long to defeat the Fascist menace in Germany as despite fuel shortages munitions were in plentiful supply. To put it into a simple perspective, during the Liberation Operation in Albania Yugoslav Forces expended 19,148,195 Small Arms Rounds. This figure represents an average of 159 Rounds fired Per Soldier, of course falsely assuming all of the around 120,000 Yugoslav Troops were frontline Soldiers. In a global conflict however the consumption of such vast amounts of Munitions would not be limited to just less than three days, it could in fact go on just as long if not longer than the last war in which the United States alone produced over 46 Billion rounds of Small Caliber Munitions. Of course in those Wartime days the majority of Small Arms were slower firing Bolt Action Rifles compared to the current Assault Rifles, however the logistical point is the same. An Army marches on its Stomach and Fights with the Bullets in his Magazine, without either one war cannot be sustained.

The focus of this large scale reorganization therefore had to be a fundamental redrawing of how Yugoslavia composed its Armed Forces, increasing the number of Support Personnel in each Army and as a result making them self sufficient in the fighting of a conflict without the need for external supply personnel in the form of additional Logistics Detachments. The Army has the men, it for the most part has the equipment, the changes merely needed to be set in motion to prepare Yugoslavia for a potentially renewed European conflict. What if Slovenia were to attempt to march into Croatia, perhaps even alongside their NATO lapdops, with what would the army fight them back if after a few days heroic fighting there simply was nothing left to fight with? Albania, while being a small Operation on the surface had taught the Army a valuable lesson, one it had not learnt during the war as its origins were partisan in nature. Partisans need not worry about supply lines or logistics detachments, they live off the land and steal what they require. Every moment Commanders must waste on double checking their Supply Lines could be spent waging the vital battles of tomorrow.

This extreme change in the organization of the Army would result in the complete abolition of the Territorial Army and the National Militia as neither possessed the proper Logistical Equipment, their Personnel to be scoured for the fittest to be transferred to the Regular Army. It would see the number of total Divisions in the Yugoslav Army decreased from 93 (only that high when including Territorial Army Formations) to 46 fully equipped and Logistically self sufficient Divisions of superior size and overall strength (in terms of firepower and combat forces) than their pre-reform counterparts. It would set Yugoslavia out as one of the largest Eastern Bloc Formations outside of the U.S.S.R (by which it is still dwarfed by a factor of over 5 to 1) with an Army finally entering the modern age. And most importantly, it would reduce the total active force by 230,000 Men (mainly from the territorial Armies).

It would still require vast increases in the total Equipment fielded by the Yugoslav Army, especially in the field of Mechanized and Motorized Vehicles. All this could be achieved in enough time however, and the large decrease in active manpower would help to fund this both directly with decreased wages and indirectly by those men entering other areas of work.

[spoiler=For the purpose of simplicity smaller formations are explained within this spoiler, and then assigned below]

CORE FORMATIONS

- Infantry Regiment, each consisting of 3 Infantry Battalions (for a total of 3,750 men per Regiment) : Each Infantry Battalion is equipped with 2 Light Support Guns (most commonly in the form of smaller caliber mountain artillery) for localized fire, 100 Machine Guns to equip its 50 Platoons (each Platoon consisting of 25 men thus 50 Platoons per 1,250 strong Battalion) and 16 Mortars for general frontline support.

- Artillery Regiment, each consisting of 3 Battalions of Medium Artillery, 2 Battalions of Heavy Artillery and a single Anti-Tank Battalion (for a total of 4,300 men per Regiment) : Each Medium Artillery Battalion (700 men) operates 12 Field Guns and 18 Trucks, Each Heavy Artillery Battalion (800 men) operates 12 Field Guns and 24 Trucks and Each Anti-tank Battalion operates 36 Anti-Tank guns with 36 Trucks

- Armored Artillery Regiment, each consisting of 3 Battalions of Medium Artillery (for a total of 2,100 men per Regiment) : Each Medium Artillery Battalion (700 men) operates 12 Field Guns and 18 Trucks

- Mechanized Regiment, each consisting of 1 Armored Battalions and 2 Mechanized Battalion (for a total of 2,200 men per Regiment) : Each Armored Battalion (500 men) operates 40 Main Battle Tanks and each Mechanized Battalion (850 men) operates 110 Mechanized Vehicles

- Armored Regiment, each consisting of 2 Armored Battalions and 1 Mechanized Battalion (for a total of 1,850 men per Regiment) : Each Armored Battalion (500 men) operates 40 Main Battle Tanks and each Mechanized Battalion (850 men) operates 110 Mechanized Vehicles

SUPPORT FORMATIONS

- Headquarters Detachment, made up of 200 men with 10 Light Vehicles and 12 Trucks

- Engineer Company, made up of 350 men with 28 Trucks and 4 Recovery/Trenching Vehicles

- Reconnaissance Detachment, made up of 300 men with 30 Mechanized Vehicles

- Logistics Detachment, made up of 800 men with 20 Light Vehicles and 130 Trucks

- Maintenance Detachment, made up of 250 Mechanics and 25 Trucks

- Field Hospital Detachment, made up of 400 men with 20 Light Vehicles and 8 Trucks

- Heavy Anti-Aircraft Detachment, made up of 550 men with 24 Heavy AA Guns and 24 Trucks

- Support Anti-Aircraft Detachment, made up of 350 men with 20 Light AA Guns and 20 Trucks

- Armored Anti-Aircraft Detachment, made up of 350 men with 20 Self-Propelled Anti-Aircraft Vehicles and 20 Trucks

- Support Anti-Tank Detachment, made up of 300 men with 12 Anti-Tank guns and 12 Trucks

SITUATION-DEPENDENT FORMATIONS

- Military Police Detachment, made up of 400 men with 45 Light Vehicles

- Mobile Radar Detachment, made up of 240 men with 24 Trucks & Associated Radar Vehicles

[/spoiler]

--

32x - INFANTRY DIVISIONS (19,150 men - each consisting of 11,250 Combat Personnel & 7,900 Support Personnel)

Fielding : 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Headquarters Detachment, 1 Field Hospital Detachment, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Reconnaissance Detachment, 1 Logistics Detachment, 1 Heavy Anti-Aircraft Detachment, 1 Support Anti-Aircraft Detachment & 1 Support Anti-Tank Detachment

Support Weapons : 18 Light Support Guns, 900 Machine Guns, 144 Mortars, 36 Medium Howitzers, 24 Heavy Howitzers, 48 Anti-Tank Guns, 24 Heavy AA Guns, 20 Light AA Guns

Transport Equipment : 50 Light Vehicles, 234 Trucks, 30 Mechanized Transports, 4 Recovery/Trenching Vehicles

--

6x - MECHANIZED DIVISIONS (11,000 men - each consisting of 6,500 Combat Personnel & 4,500 Support Personnel)

Fielding : 2 Mechanized Regiments, 1 Armored Regiment, 1 Armored Artillery Regiment, 1 Headquarters Detachment, 1 Field Hospital Detachment, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Maintenance Detachment, 1 Reconnaissance Detachment, 1 Logistics Detachment, 1 Armored Anti-Aircraft Detachment

Support Weapons : 528 Machine Guns, 160 Main-Battle Tanks, 36 Medium Howitzers, 20 Self-Propelled Anti-Aircraft Vehicles

Transport Equipment : 50 Light Vehicles, 267 Trucks, 580 Mechanized Transports, 4 Recovery/Trenching Vehicles

--

8x - ARMORED DIVISIONS (10,650 - men each consisting of 5,900 Combat Personnel & 4,750 Support Personnel)

Fielding : 2 Armored Regiments, 1 Mechanized Regiment, 1 Armored Artillery Regiment, 1 Headquarters Detachment, 1 Field Hospital Detachment, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Maintenance Detachment, 1 Reconnaissance Detachment, 1 Logistics Detachment, 1 Armored Anti-Aircraft Detachment

Support Weapons : 528 Machine Guns, 200 Main-Battle Tanks, 36 Medium Howitzers, 20 Self-Propelled Anti-Aircraft Vehicles

Transport Equipment : 50 Light Vehicles, 267 Trucks, 470 Mechanized Transports, 4 Recovery/Trenching Vehicles

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, East Germany Ddr, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

| NEW ZAIRE BEGINS |

[sub]2nd of March, 1951[/sub]

| The FEBRUARY CONFERENCE between France and Zaire brought forth a new border situation in Africa. More than that, it brought a new light upon France as the true reformer of Europe, a nation that is wiling to recognise the wrong doings of its past and with a new vision for an enriched, self-sufficient Africa being on its mind. It also brought upon a new light onto Zaire, that a silent nation in Africa is actually strategically and politically minded in gaining what it needs and envisions for its people and Africa. The two states have never been closer and with March upon the world, the new Zairean borders have become reality.

On the 2nd of March, the Zairean troops and administrations officially entered the new provinces of Zaire. The French military has agreed to aid the process of transition, with the French troops bound to leave by the end of June, once the smooth transition is over. The new provinces will create two new states within Zaire, adopting Zairean customs, administration and politics in the meantime. An estimate of 28,000 white French citizens will remain in the new Zairean states, feeling secure and comfortable in their new home. Zaire will gain around 130,000 new citizens, from the Gabon and Congo provinces. All and each one of them will be automatically given Zairean citizenship, and therefore have access to all the same rights, freedoms and privileges as others.

The Zairean government has reported that around 140,000 men, women and children have already made their way into Zaire from the newly created independent nation of Équateur, a country formed of old Zairean provinces. The government of Zaire predicts that another 100,000 people might want to make their way to Zaire in recent months but, Marie Izuru, the Head of the Finest Assembly stated that by the end of May, applicants wishing to get to Zaire from the new northern neighbour will be barred. Many predict that incomers will be moved to the new provinces, with Izuru and Banza already making a special administrative reform to relocate the said people to the said provinces. Provinces, which according to Izuru are bound to be the "...the shining example of Banzaism in the spheres of economy...". Unofficial plans released include the creation of two new large ports, expansion of mining and agricultural industries and further urbanisation of the two new states as a continuation of the work the French have done. Zairean state owned companies have already made their way into the new states to establish their activity, with Zairean private companies bound to make their way in by the end of March.

Marie Izuru started her reign very high in the polls, with around eighty-two percent of Zaireans believing strongly in her work and around ninety-one percent viewing the new borders postitively for the country and the economy. Mrs Gloria Banza has announced that she will tour the new states between April and June of this year, to introduce the new citizens to Banzaism and their new reality. Marie Izuru's conference this month was highly followed as she made her way to the new states to supervise the administrative changes. When asked by an African reporter whether France can be trusted, Mrs Izuru responded with;

[list][ MARIE IZURU, Head of the Finest Assembly ]: "I think we must look at France in a very different manner from now on. They are not the enemy of Africa, as much as some would like to view it as. Yes, they have done horrible acts upon Africa in the past, but, unlike many others they do not hide it. They do not dismiss it. They stood up to their past and they pay for their sins now. In a way which has not been seen before. I believe that the French government is truly investing in the future of Africa. Their great infrastructure projects, urbanisation, enrichments...all of that are truly astounding. They are making a better Africa. Yes, the road to freedom is very long. But freedom cannot come at a cost of poverty, of chaos, of disaster and instability. I, for one, look at France as a friend, a friend willing to help us all Africans achieve a better tomorrow. A reformer of Europe, is what they are. In a world which so taken by the East and the West, as we can tell so far. France stands as a beacon of understanding and hope. For what is worth, for better or for worse, France is investing in Africa in proportions simply incomparable to any other outside country. We must cherish that, not destroy it."[/list]

[spoiler="I welcome all of new Zaireans into a family that will enrich, enable and enact a true reform of mind, soul and opportunity." - Gloria Banza, First Representative of Zaire]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

A new section added to the main factbook, with some clean up

https://www.nationstates.net/nation=otsla/detail=factbook/id=1763372

Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance

ALBANIAN BEACH PARTY - YUGOSLAV ELITE CELEBRATES LIBERATION

April 22nd 1951

To celebrate a successful liberation of Albania Tito has organized a 600 strong state-sponsored celebratory party on the Beaches of Albania to which 260 Yugoslav Generals and Politicians, 260 Soldiers chosen by their Commanders on the basis of merit and 80 Soviet Dignitaries and Officers from the Operation will take part. Vast amounts of drink and food would be provided free of charge as well as the use of local homes hastily renovated in a vacation style, their Albanian owners each hosted in a hotel and generously rewarded with money and vacation time from State-work. The paying of the Albanians was as much PR work as the celebration itself, as it showed the first official action of Marshal Tito in Albania after the Arrest of Enver Hoxha to be a relaxed and hospitable one. Foreign press and Ambassadors, especially those of the Eastern Bloc, were also invited though downplayed heavily when they refused to do so. While it was a gated event the surrounding Towns had their local stores paid off to provide free food and drink to the locals and thus somewhat include them in the celebrations as after all nobody would turn down free food.

Tito, known for his hearty drinking and smoking habits made it his own mission to drink a few rounds with a handful of the most heroic of the Soldiers chosen, including Neven Bokorov who badly burnt his arms while saving a tank crew from their burning vehicle. Raising more toasts than anyone could even count he next moved onto an attempt to drink Soviet Ambassador Vasily Valkov

under the table, however their respective iron stomachs saw them instead of defeating each other bring two Yugoslav Generals to the passing-out stage.

On the Second day while drinking was still extensive overall the mood was more casual, most likely due to the foreign figures being hungover, however this did not stop Tito from taking a handful of the braver guests on a horse ride turned horse race thirteen miles down the beach. So luxurious was the treatment that Tito had the newly arrived Kirov Class Cruiser turned Yugoslav Flagship "Belgrade" perform a passing gun salute in honor of the Liberation and his esteemed visitors. Ending the overall occasion Tito was Pictured sunbathing on the Beach with the wonderful Albanian Weather fully visible. The majority of Pictures provided to the Press by the Yugoslav State Media Service were of Albanians enjoying their free meals and hotel accommodations, along with a chosen few of Yugoslav and Foreign Dignitaries enjoying a "friendly drink".

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Rutannia, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, New Provenance, Ubertica

𝐍𝐄𝐔𝐄𝐒 𝐃𝐄𝐔𝐓𝐒𝐂𝐇𝐋𝐀𝐍𝐃 | APRIL 1951

[sub]GDR Visits Africa—Reaction to Yugoslavia's Liberation of Albania—Western Journalist found dead.[/sub]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1799620

[spoiler=[sub]𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Velha Portuguesa

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Rutannia, Central Arstotzka, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Ubertica

[list][list][list][pre]THE EMPIRE OF IRAN

امپراتوری ایران[/pre][/list]

______

AFRO-IRANIAN ECONOMIC AND ENERGY TRADE AGREEMENT

[sub]FAZLOLLAH ZAHEDI ADMINISTRATION | TEHRAN, APRIL 1951[/sub][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1799625

Rutannia, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Ubertica

[list][list][list][pre]THE EMPIRE OF IRAN

امپراتوری ایران[/pre][/list]

______

IRANIAN LIGHT INDUSTRY SPARKS NEW HOPE AMONG THE POOR

[sub]FAZLOLLAH ZAHEDI ADMINISTRATION | TEHRAN, APRIL 1951[/sub][/list]

[sub]The sudden appointment of General Fazlollah Zahedi as Prime Minister came much as confusion than general outrage as General Fazlollah Zahedi himself was a moderate, Iranian nationalist, and an economic populist to a degree as he still remained absolutely loyal to the Pahlavi Crown. Although a very stern exterior, Prime Minister Fazlollah Zahedi's economic populist nature came into fruition with direct approvals for a portion of oil revenue to be directed toward the construction and development of significant light industrial zones to expand specialized workers and maintain the course of diversifying the Iranian economy. Prime Minister Fazlollah Zahedi has gone on the record explaining that "energy resources and revenue will not dictate Iranian policy. It will reinforce our decisions and provide support to projects and programs intended to alleviate poverty and struggle among the lower classes of our nation and produce a working society of equity and achievement."[/sub]

[sub]The Romeyleh-ye Olya Freight & Light Industrial Corridor has been approved to extend from Romeyleh-ye Olya to the Iranian Bay, where the newly approved Cyaxares Freight Dockyard has been designated, and Bandar-e Deylam, where the Astyages Freight Dockyard has been designated for construction. Both dockyards will include storage facilities, transportation and logistic facilities, and communications facilities. The Romeyleh-ye Olya Freight & Light Industrial Corridor will prioritize the development of paper made products, plastic, leather-based products, textiles, and household electric appliances. In addition to this corridor, a second corridor called the Bushehr Freight & Industrial Estate has been approved to expand the production of Iranian electronics, processed chemical products, and pharmaceuticals production. The freight component to both the corridors are in reference to a new rail network between Romeyleh-ye Olya and Bushehr to connect both Industrial zones along the Iranian coastline. With Bushehr labeled as a major freight dockyard city, the Iranian Constituent Assembly has approved the Bushehr provincial government's request for an expansion of the coastal city's dockyard to ensure proper infrastructure to handle expanded cargo tonnage. Additionally both Corridors will be connected to the city of Shiraz via two rapid transit systems and a new railway for the transport of minerals, products, and manufactured components to be sent to new assembly plants.[/sub]

[sub]The second component to this is the establishment of two new major logistic hubs. As explained to the Iranian Constituent Assembly, these logistics hubs will operate as the central points for logistics operations in designated areas in which they are located. The hubs are intended to bring together several different companies and government ventures that perform tasks related to the flow of goods, all of which mutually benefit from being in the same place. The first logistic hub will be in Shiraz and the second logistic hub is designated to Isfahan. Both logistical hubs will coordinate with public and private entities to ensure successful governance and strengthening of procurement logistics, production logistics, sales logistics, recovery logistics, transportation logistics, and recycling logistics. Part of this initiative comes with recent legislation regarding financial reforms, employment schemes, training initiatives, and recent trade relations that will require a significant increase in Iranian logistic networks. The Iranian Constituent Assembly has further announced that a total of 10 special investment nodes to be created by the government that would support manufacturing, however, any type of industry could be established at this business, industry, and science zones. The main role of these hubs is to facilitate businesses, set up their factories quickly without any hiccups in land acquisition and resources, and providing cheap, fast, and efficient transportation to ports and the rest of the nation. The government would play the role of the facilitator to encourage businesses to invest more by providing a "stable environment".[/sub]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, Ubertica

[list][list]The Kingdom of Greece, Greek Annexation of Part of North Epirus : Tsaldaris Confirms that Greece is Not an Ally of the Communists!, April 1951

Το Βασίλειο της Ελλάδος, Ελληνική προσάρτηση τμήματος της Βορείου Ηπείρου : Ο Τσαλδάρης επιβεβαιώνει ότι η Ελλάδα δεν είναι σύμμαχος των κομμουνιστών!, Απρίλιος 1951[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands, Ranponian and Osivoii - The Greek, Yugoslav and Soviet Armed Forces! - Οι ελληνικές, γιουγκοσλαβικές και σοβιετικές ένοπλες δυνάμεις![/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| RETURN OF NORTHERN EPIRUS, THE NEW ALBANIAN BORDER, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | ΕΠΙΣΤΡΟΦΉ ΤΗΣ ΒΟΡΕΙΟΗΠΕΊΡΟΥ, ΤΑ ΝΈΑ ΑΛΒΑΝΙΚΆ ΣΎΝΟΡΑ, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| The Yugoslavian and Soviet Liberation of Albania had initially come as a shock to the Greek government and its people. The regime under Albanian Dictator Enever Hoxha was thought to be an ally, however, this liberation proves the opposite. At 13:00 on the 9th of April, Prime Minister Konstantinos Tsaldaris gave orders to protect Greeks in the region of Northern Epirus, however, he made it clear that only part of the region would be protected. Jumping at the opportunity to defend the community of Greeks in Northern Epirus, 20,000 men of the Greek 10th Mountain Division marched into Albania to protect the Greeks from the Hoxha regime. Following just a day of little to no fighting, and with under 5 deaths, the men had successfully protected the region, specifically the following towns; Vërvë, Konispol, Çiflig, Shalës, Mursi, Vagalat, Zarrë, Shëndëlli, and Ksamil. The region was occupied by Greek troops right until the Yugoslavian and Soviet Liberation was over when proposals to annex the region were put forward. |[/list]

[list]| The Greek Government under Tsaldaris had specifically given orders to the troops to not leave the region until instructed to do so. Tough decisions were ahead for the government, along with criticisms from other nations, particularly from the United Tribes of Azania (Nonador), and most surprisingly, Greece's stead resolute allies, the Slovene Republic (Amsterwald), however in Slovenia's case, only slight skepticism. Amidst these troubles, the Greek Defense Minister Konstantinos Karamanlis issued a statement that was released internationally. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]"I want to make this clear and I want to make this clear now. Greece is not siding with the communists. Our duty in Albania is to protect the ethnic Greek and Greek minorities in the region, and we are not invading, simply protecting. We wish to not cut our ties with our Slovenian allies and NATO, we are doing what is right in our eyes. No war crimes have been committed - it is simply armed protection of Greeks."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Defense Minister, Konstantinos Karamanlis[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list]| On the 13th of April, now almost a week after Greek troops were stationed in Northern Epirus, a decision was made by the Greek government. The region of Northern Epirus, to be more specific, Vërvë, Konispol, Çiflig, Shalës, Mursi, Vagalat, Zarrë, Shëndëlli, and Ksamil, would be annexed by the Kingdom of Greece. The newly annexed lands would be incorporated would be now classified as the Greek Region of Northern Epirus, or the Ελληνική Περιφέρεια Βόρειος Ήπειρος. The lands were now Greek once more, and the general population was now protected. The annexation of the land was met with cheers from Athens, followed by a small-scale military parade through the streets of Athens. Proposals are currently underway to perhaps give the new Greek region higher levels of autonomy - a new modernized model of the Autonomous Republic of Northern Epirus, the name of the former region before it was stripped away from Greece. |

https://images-ext-1.discordapp.net/external/3pGjarW0QCoKHoNtjZof7QSpHrWqpg_Ep0WRldOqrpo/https/i.imgur.com/ZfGx3an.png - (Map of the New Lands)[/list]

[list][list][pre]| WE ARE NOT COMMUNISTS!, ATHENS, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | | ΔΕΝ ΕΊΜΑΣΤΕ ΚΟΜΜΟΥΝΙΣΤΈΣ!, ΑΘΉΝΑ, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ:[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| What was an ever harder task was justifying Greece's protection, even more so since it was taking advantage of a communist liberation. In January 1951, Greece joined the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, but now that Greece was thought to have 'cooperated' with the communist, there was some skepticism. Greece's government, which had adjusted itself out following Tsaldaris' second term as prime minister of Greece. Greece was not a communist ally - simply protecting the welfare and security of the long-oppressed and separated Greeks, and taking advantage of the communist liberation to quickly protect the lands. Tsaldaris, along with Karamanlis, had made it clear that Greece had no intentions of having any form of alliance with the communist, and the furthest the government would go was to recognize the new Yugoslavian lands. Greece is to remain in the Western sphere of influence, period. |[/list]

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Ubertica

[list][list][list][pre]THE EMPIRE OF IRAN

امپراتوری ایران[/pre][/list]

______

IRANIAN FINANCIAL REJUVENATION AND ACCOUNTABILITY ACT

[sub]FAZLOLLAH ZAHEDI ADMINISTRATION | TEHRAN, APRIL 1951[/sub][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1799763

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, Ubertica

[list][sup]

(CCP) People’s Republic of China / (CCP) 中华人民共和国

[/sup]

THE NATIONAL SECURITY APPARATUS IS FORMALIZED BY CHAIRMAN MAO ZEDONG TO ENSURE NATIONAL STABILITY!

国家安全机构是毛泽东主席为确保国家稳定而正式建立的!

[sub]January 1951 | 1951年1月

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

BEIJING, CAPITAL REGION | 北京,首都地区[/sub]

[sub]Upon his entry into office as Chairman of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and the de facto head of state of the new People’s Republic of China, Chairman Mao Tse-Tung issued several proclamations for the process of stabilizing the country. A temporary Council of the People’s Commissars would be established to train hardline Communist supporters to become People’s Commissars, whose stated intention will be to reach out to the masses and educate the people of China on the policies, ideologies and manifestos of the new regime in Beijing. The Commissars, however, would be recognized in private as a key element of the process of suppressing remaining Nationalist elements, whether it be physically or politically. Of course, remnants of supporters of Sun Yat-Sen and Chiang Kai-shek still remained, and it was clear that these disloyal persons were a threat to the stability of the new People’s Republic.[/sub]

[sub]Seeking instead to build up the image of himself and the Communist Party, Chairman Mao would prioritize the holding of massive military parades and the reforming of education systems to implement a Maoist ideology into the future generations of Chinese citizens. This would be portrayed to the public as a necessary reform to the education system to ‘support the future generations of our great nation in their endeavors to work tirelessly for the motherland and for their country’. All the while, in the background, the Council of People’s Commissars, supported by stronger internal security forces, would ensure national stability through the compliance of citizens and potential former or current supporters of the Nationalist regime, which at this point had fled barely to Formosa, which the Chinese Government recognized as a ‘breakway province’.[/sub]

[sub]By 1951, however, the Chairman and his governing special committees would understand the need to formalize these national security and national stability elements to further Communist ideology and prevent unwanted forces from gaining too much traction. Chairman Mao would immediately convene the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference - one of the leading legislative bodies of the new People’s Republic - in early January to discuss the matter of national stability and internal security. With unanimous approval by the end of the first week of January, the Chairman would sign a proclamation formalizing the establishment of a national security apparatus, that would be based on the following hierarchy:[/sub]

[list][pre]The Chinese People’s National Security Consultative Conference (中国人民国家安全协商会议)

Special People’s Security Commission (特别人民安全委员会)

Council of the People’s Special Commissars (人民特派员委员会)

The Chinese People’s Law and Internal Order Consultative Assembly (中国人民法律和内部秩序协商会议 )[/pre][/list]

[sub]The National Security Consultative Conference had been formed by a previous proclamation on the reforming of the leadership structure of the People’s Liberation Army, and has now been bestowed the responsibility of managing internal security and the national stability apparatus. Subordinate would be the Special People’s Security Commission, the Council of People’s Special Commissars, and the People’s Law and Internal Order Consultative Assembly. The latter most would see the chiefs of law enforcement, internal security and political and security commissars sit in a consultative assembly through which they can communicate with the Central People’s Government in Beijing.[/sub]

[sub]The proclamation would be approved unanimously by the People’s Revolutionary Military Commission, the Government Administration Council of the Central People’s Government, and other involved decision-making bodies, and would be signed once more by the Chairman on 16 January.[/sub]

[sub]毛泽东主席作为中国共产党(CCP)主席和新的中华人民共和国的实际国家元首上任后,为稳定国家的进程发布了几项公告。将成立一个临时的人民委员委员会,以培训强硬的共产党支持者成为人民委员,其公开的意图是接触群众,并对中国人民进行北京新政权的政策、意识形态和宣言的教育。然而,政委们将在私下里被认为是镇压剩余国民党分子过程中的一个关键因素,无论是在物质上还是政治上。当然,孙中山和蒋介石的残余支持者仍然存在,而且很明显,这些不忠的人对新的人民共和国的稳定构成了威胁。[/sub]

[/list]

[B]

🇨🇳 🇨🇳 🇨🇳

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Islahh

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

North Omaha

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

-Brasil-

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Ubertica

JANEŽ AND BLATNIK SHOT, FILIPIČ KILLED IN SOVIET-BACKED POLITICAL VIOLENCE; RADICALISM FLARES

[list][sup]DEFIANCE AMONG AN ENDANGERED PEOPLE

SLOVENIA—MAY 1951[/sup][/list]

An airplane streaked with a deep blue livery and six-pointed stars adorned freshly laid tarmac. At Ljubljana’s Matija Majar Airport—an early Marshall Plan project hailed as an architectural and logistical success—Slovenia’s finest came and went from the capital of a newborn nation. Traffic was still easily over-accommodated by the airport’s generous facilities; even with rises in tourism and air traffic, flights only arrived every hour or half-hour. When brigadier general Ferdinand Janež returned from successfully negotiating an artillery deal with Azania (Nonador), he thus had time to deliver a speech just outside his aircraft to a crowd of press. It was no occasion of special enthusiasm—Slovenia had secured a modest shipment of outdated field guns in Azanian surplus—and the crowd was thin on the hazy May morning Janež returned. One wiry, black-haired man had still made himself unnoticed, though this was to the general’s peril; the half-Serbian Budimir Filipović was armed and lethally so. Janež had only droned out a few words before two gunshots whipped towards him, striking the coincidentally named colonel Bojslav Filipič—who had been acting as a lieutenant to the general in the negotiations—in the neck and painfully, though non-lethally, piercing Janež himself through the side. The two collapsed on their wooden stage, blood pooling as military security leaped for Filipović. Filipič was dead before Filipović was handcuffed, though that should not dim how hastily the young assassin would be executed just weeks later.

Only minutes afterward, yet half a country away, assemblyman Borut Blatnik (Greater Kurdistane) spoke to radical crowds in a square in Beljak (formerly Austrian Villach). The Slovene nationalist legislator was a leading spokesman of the Slovene National Party, or SNS, and was attracting heightened crowds following the Yugoslav invasion of Albania. One among them, though, was there in malice for Blatnik: Blatnik, too, was only beginning when gunshots from a nearby balcony sent lead ripping through him. As Blatnik staggered to safety, the assailant absconded with impressive haste through a building he had broken into earlier in the day, but the 20-year-old gunman—Aleksej Likar—did not evade Slovene security for more than an hour before being caught in a nearby Carinthian town. He, too, met Filipović’s fate before a firing squad. Neither he nor Filipović were handed over to a courtroom so hastily, however, as to preclude the possibility of intense interrogation. The Slovene Security Service (SVS) of piercing-eyed counterintelligence officer Vladimir Vauhnik was famously perceptive: it was the Republic’s neutripajoče oko, or ‘unblinking eye’, which had relentlessly pursued known communists after the Second World War. Known for often overstepping the boundaries of privacy for security’s sake, the SVS should have prevented the death of Filipič and the grievous woundings of Janež and Blatnik to justify its reach. Vauhnik had to seal the Republic’s gaps to keep his position—affiliates of Filipović and Likar were thus ruthlessly pursued and funding was successfully secured from the Slovene cabinet for expanded informant rings. Rigorous checks were made within the organization, shaking every level in the hunt for underperforming or wavering employees.

Altogether, investigations overwhelmingly pointed toward Soviet (Osivoii) and Soviet-affiliated contacts. Money, means and motive were all Soviet-supplied, and a sharp political reaction followed. Donations and support flowed in from around the country for assemblyman Blatnik, whose office received over one hundred letters in the week following the assassination attempt. The Slovene National Party announced a record level of membership applications and rallies swelled in Beljak demanding crackdowns on leftists. The party headquarters of Levica were subject to intense protests that often involved verbal harassment, and members of its socialist community reported plainclothes agents visiting them at strange hours of the night, asking intrusive questions and making cryptic comments. These complaints were publicly disregarded, however. Over ten thousand mourners gathered for the funeral of colonel Filipič in his Upper Carniolan town of Škofja Loka, with visitors streaming in and flying black-colored Slovenian banners. The motto of the Slovene Republic—Nočemo umreti! (“We refuse to die!”)—appeared on headlines, banners and shop windows around the country along with a colorful range of nationalistic slogans. Police monitored assemblies around the country for anti-Republic statements, unashamedly searching selectively for undesirable messages and pamphletry. With Yugoslavia on the march and Soviet agents afoot, the only mood in Slovenia was reactionary.

[list][sub]“I do not care for my own wounds—it is those of the Great Slovene Nation that worry me. And brothers, do you not see those wounds before you? Do you not see the Soviet agents that are seeping into our nation, infecting our culture and identity? They will infiltrate your place of work, your friends, and even your very family! Now is a time to be vigilant, my friends. Seek out the Bolshevik devil and destroy him, I beg you, before he destroys our Great Slovene Nation!”

— Borut Blatnik in a statement from Beljak Regional Hospital, May 1951[/sub][/list]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Central Arstotzka, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Ubertica, Greater Kurdistane

[list][list]MAY 1951

[sub]Labour Day[/sub][/list]

[sub][pre] N A T I O N A L C E L E B R A T I O N [/pre][/sub]

[list][list][sub][pre]It is the duty of men who militate in all

sectors of public life, in all spheres of

Government, in all party associations,

to dedicate their efforts to the good

of the People.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

RIO DE JANEIRO, ESTÁDIO SÃO JANUÁRIO — MORNINGTIME

[sub]THE UNITED STATES OF Brazil Toucan[/sub]

| LABOUR DAY has already started with great joy at ESTÁDIO SÃO JANUÁRIO, with a crowd of people waving the Brazilian flags. Further ahead, waving to the public, is PRESIDENT GETÚLIO VARGAS, escorted by the police. The presidential car continued for a few more kilometers. The PRESIDENT got out of the car and some police officers controlled the crowd. Meanwhile, Getúlio was waving to the people. Having already prepared his speech, the PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC addressed the WORKERS OF BRAZIL. |

[list]| GETÚLIO VARGAS, [sub]PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC[/sub] | [sup]“Brazilian Workers: After almost 6 years away from the presidency, during which I never forgot the image and memory of a long and grateful relationship I had with you, here I am again. And to say that I came back with the aim of defending the most legitimate interests of the people and promoting essential measures for the well-being of workers.”[/sup][/list]

| Before continuing his speech, he pauses for a brief moment and looks at the crowd around him. |

[list]| GETÚLIO VARGAS, [sub]PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC[/sub] | [sup]“This 1st of May party has a symbolic expression for you and me: it is the first day of the meeting between the workers and the new government. And it is with deep emotion that I return to you in this atmosphere of joy and national celebration. In which the government speaks to the people from friend to friend in the simple and loyal language that I have always spoken to you. In times of glory and triumph, as well as in times of suffering and persecution, workers have always been faithful.”[/sup][/list]

| When he turns the page of the speech, people cheer gleefully. |

[list]| GETÚLIO VARGAS, [sub]PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC[/sub] | [sup]“And I can repeat today, with all my heart, what I have proclaimed more than once: the workers have never let me down. They never approached me to vie for private interests or personal favors. They have always fought for the collectivity to which they belong, for the recognition of their rights, for the improvement of their living conditions and for the well-being of their fellow human beings. When I retired from public life and spent years forgotten by those who celebrated me in power, you workers never forgot me; and there, in my solitude, not only did the distant echo of your desires and your dishonored rights reach me, but also the appeal of your hearts and the image of your tired faces from everyday work, turned towards me, in a touching gesture of hope and longing.”[/sup][/list]

[list][sup]“Here I am by your side again, and I want to assure you that, today as yesterday, I will be with you. And it is with you that I intend to rebuild the Brazil of tomorrow. The October 3 elections, in which popular suffrage brought me back to power, have a decisive significance in Brazilian life. They showed not only the desire and ability of the people of our country to participate directly and actively in government; it was also the first time in the history of Brazil that the people actually elected their president, amidst the plurality of candidates and oblivious to all regional, municipal or even party political influences. Because I wasn’t strictly a party candidate: I was a people’s candidate, a workers’ candidate. I will therefore govern with these people who elected me, and I will always make every effort to provide them with the greatest possible amount of comfort, security, and well-being.”[/sup][/list]

| The PRESIDENT VARGAS concludes his speech on Labour Day, with the crowd in front of him applauding enthusiastically, in his expression of joy, Getúlio waved to the people. People started waving Brazilian flags again as the PRESIDENT walked through the crowd. Some experts wonder what the new government’s reaction will be to the economic crisis caused by the Dutra government, where huge amounts of money were spent to protect foreign investment, including from the U.S. |

Paramountica, Rutannia, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list]May 1951

[sub]The Thirty-Six[/sub][/list]

[pre]T H E T R A I L B L A Z I N G T H I R T Y - S I X[/pre]

[list][sub][pre]In 1951, an estimated 9.0% of the composition of the Bundestag -

or thirty-six members - are female. Since the victory of the German women's

suffrage movement in 1920, the females in government have risen steadily, and

despite interruption during the War, this growth continues to take place as

progressive movements begin entering mainstream German society.[/pre][/sub][/list]

BUNDESTAG WOMEN'S CONVENTION, MUSEUM KOENIG, BONN, New Provenance

[sub]FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY[/sub]

| The passage of the ELECTORAL ACT of 1918 formally granted the right to vote in elections and the right to stand as a candidate for public office in elections to female German citizens was hailed as a massive step forward in the women's equality movement in Germany. The Weimar Constitution of 1919 re-affirmed this, guaranteeing equality in education, selection for civil service appointments and equal pay in all professions between both genders. In 1926, 32 members of the Reichstag were women - about 6.7% in total. This number would be higher than female representation numbers from the U.K., the U.S. or other Western countries. This number would rise to 35 in 1933, on the eve of the advent of Volkism, which would see the reversal of the gains made by the equality movement especially during the Weimar era. The establishment of the Bundesrepublik and the new Bundestag would see the return of the women's representation seen during the Weimar Republic - under the Bundestag of 1951, it would be 9.0% female - the highest number for Germany on record, and particularly high for Western Europe. This would comprise THIRTY-SIX WOMEN in the Bundestag - commonly referred to in the media as the — |

[list][pre]DIE ZEIT - THE TRAILBLAZING THIRTY-SIX: BASTIONS OF PROGRESSIVISM IN THE NEW FEDERAL REPUBLIC[/pre][/list]

| Previously, the number was thirty-five - but with the election of Sophie Scholl to the constituency of Hohenlohe in Baden-Wurttemburg in a snap election earlier this year, the number was increased by one. Scholl, herself a center-left independent voter who generally voted for CDU/CSU candidates, upon her entry into the Bundestag declared that she would not be joining the government or the opposition, and chose instead to sit in the 'neutral zone' alongside the other independent candidates and a group of moderate FDP members, who generally voted with the government anyway. |

| The thirty-six women in the Bundestag would be organized across party lines under the Bundestag Women's Convention, the equivalent to a 'caucus'. Majority of the members would be affiliated with the Social Democratic Party (SPD), which despite committed to appealing to male-dominated labor unions still saw greater female representation than ever before, which would be the party with the highest number of female members in the Bundestag. The CDU/CSU and FDP would also have women members of the Convention, which many political scientists have deemed as vital in the building of multipartisan bridges between the government and the sole opposition party - the SPD. The Women's Convention would meet twice a month to discuss legislative matters and especially how best to push forward more equality legislation in the Bundestag, however with a prominent majority of the legislature still controlled by politicians from the 'old order', it was unlikely that any major progressive legislation of that type would be able to pass without great difficulty. |

| Aside from being a vital multipartisan bridge, the Bundestag Women's Convention would also be a firm backer of other progressive social policies, especially ones that opened up the flood gates to allow more female representation in business leadership, politics and more. Already, women are a greater portion of the electorate than ever in the postwar, and with the sudden change in the sociopolitical nature of the country, questions about the greater role of women in politics and greater German society were already being brought up en masse. The debate over the role of women in German society was clearly on, and the Women's Convention would crucially be actively endeavoring to secure and maintain support among the public and other sway-able legislators to keep the fight against traditional elements going. Thankfully, senior members of the government - including key Cabinet ministers and some say even the Bundeskanzler himself - were in favor of seeing greater political and economic representation of women. |

[list][pre]"We must follow in the example of great, progressive nations like Zaire, which has endeavored to allow both man and woman to prosper and work together, put their minds and soul together, to build a better nation that properly represents and embodies all who lives within. That is the Germany we are striving for."[/pre][/list]

| The growing influence of women in the voting electorate, in political representation, and even in the growing economy of Germany could be a decisive factor moving forward into the 1950s, which many say could be a decade of major social and political change for Germany as the second ever federal election approaches, and the world solidifies itself further into East and West. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Central Arstotzka, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, Brazil Toucan

[list]여름 1951 | 1951 May

[list][sup]Korea | 한국[/sup][list]

[sup]CAPTURE OF KAESONG AND HAEJU[/sup][/list]

| The methodical march north being conducted by Republic of Korean forces has resulted in some early victories as the tide of the war changes dramatically, with the 38th Parallel now heavily defended by the regrouped UN forces the forces of the RoK have begun their slow push north. The 5th and 6th armies have begun pushing up the eastern coastal road heading towards the city of Wonsan; having already captured the towns of Kosong and Kumsong near the border. These early victories have spurred the morale of the RoK army; the 5th and 6th armies are now bogged down in the push towards the town of Tongchon. The town is heavily defended by KPA forces that have entrenched in order to repel any possible push towards the city of Wonson. |

| A constant barrage of artillery fire is sent in both directions as the two opposing forces attempt to break each other's morale. RoK forces are confident that they’ll ‘liberate’ Wonson by the beginning of June; although this confidence seems misplaced with the entrenchment of KPA forces who seem unlikely to give up the town anytime soon to stop the onward march of the RoK towards Wonson. Following the disorganised retreat from the Pusan Perimeter the KPA have regathered some of their strength, Premier Kang has ordered the ultimate defence of Wonson to prevent southern forces then pushing west towards Pyongyang. |

| Meanwhile in the west of the peninsula the push onwards has been considered a much easier task, the RoK army has taken full advantage of the KPAs chaotic retreat. At the outbreak of war Kaesong was under southern control and is considered a key industrial area for the country, although Seoul was recaptured, Kaesong was initially still under northern control. The RoK has since pushed into the city of Kaesong recapturing it from a demoralised KPA defence force, taking only a week to fully capture the city. A secondary force split off from the main RoK army to march further west towards the city of Haeju, a city which allegedly started the whole conflict when southern forces occupied the city in June. |

| The city of Haeju was defended by a small but well equipped KPA defence force consisting of roughly four-hundred trained fighters and a further five-hundred loyalist volunteers. The RoK having not expected to meet a such a well equipped force rushed in quickly in an attempt to stop themselves becoming bogged down on the outskirts of the city, this however backfired as the troops became stuck fighting in the suburbs of the city, the ideal environment for the well trained KPA fighters many of whom were formerly guerilla’s in the anti-Japanese campaign. |

| After several weeks of fighting to liberate the city; and some significant reinforcements from the main force of Kaesong, the city was largely captured. Small pockets of underground resistance fighters are still active in the area, being responsible for the deaths of several military personnel. The battle to push into Haeju was a wake up call to the South Korean leadership that the road to Pyongyang and northern surrender would be a long campaign on their own, and there was no sign that the UN forces planned to push north of the 38th. Even if the south was victorious and managed to unify the peninsula it was unlikely that the war would truly be over unless the communists themselves saw some sort of concessions and guarantees from the southern regime. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Central Arstotzka, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

Massive update to my military factbook, now with links to specific sections, general clean up, and updated equipment section. My code is free to use if you please. Air force section to be updated next.

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1697351

Paramountica, Central Arstotzka, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

[list][list][list][pre]THE EMPIRE OF IRAN

امپراتوری ایران[/pre][/list]

______

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE AHURA MAZDA PROJECT BY PRIME MINISTER ZAHEDI

[sub]FAZLOLLAH ZAHEDI ADMINISTRATION | TEHRAN, MAY 1951[/sub][/list]

Prime Minister Fazlollah Zahedi:

[list][sub]Good Afternoon. The prosperity of Iran and its future potential is attracting prime attention from around the world and the region. The early signs of burgeoning blossoms of our economy, the progression and enhancement of our society, revitalization of our Iranian identity and increased confidence and trust within the new socioeconomic and governmental institutions of this empire prompts for a collective community to continue and push forward into greater ages of prosperity and development. Our continual efforts to develop a more prosperous Iran for all carved out of our determinations and ambitions shall reach new heights with what I am about to announce. To cultivate a larger, influential, expansive, and vibrant economy, we must increase our public works projects and infrastructural initiatives. In the last couple of months, we have announced initiatives for construction of new industrial corridors and public transportation modernization.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]I would like to announce the approval and the completion of the blueprinting of the Ahura Mazda Project! The Ahura Mazda Project is a strategic and consumer-oriented investment initiative of my administration entailing setting up of 6 mega ports, modernization of major strategic freight ports and dockyards, development of 7 Coastal Economic Zones and at least 10 Coastal Economic Units, development of mines, industrial corridors, rail, road and airport linkages with these water ports, resulting in dramatic increases in export revenue growth and a generation of 250,000 direct jobs and several times more indirect jobs. The Project aims to modernize Iran's ports so that port-led development can be augmented and coastlines can be developed to contribute in Iran's growth. It also aims for transforming the existing ports into modern world class ports and integrate the development of the Ports, the Industrial clusters and hinterland and efficient evacuation systems through road, rail, inland and coastal waterways resulting in ports becoming the drivers of economic activity in coastal areas. The project is expected to reduce cost and time for transporting goods, benefiting industries and export/import trade. Thus, this transforming of Iran's coastlines becomes a central gateway of Iran's prosperity and progression into a modern era and active participant into the global community.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]The Project aims to promote port-led development in the country by harnessing Iran's 1,749 mile coastline located near key international maritime trade routes. Under the Ahura Mazda Program, 175 projects, have been identified across port modernization & new port development, port connectivity enhancement, port-linked coastal economic zone industrialization and coastal community development for phase wise implementation over the period 1951 to 1961. As per the approved implementation plan of Ahura Mazda Project, these projects are to be taken up by the relevant Ministries/Agencies and State Governments preferably through private/PPP mode.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]Coastal Economic Zones (CEZ) is a component of the Ahura Mazda scheme aimed at port-led industrial development of 10 business-friendly Coastal Economic Zones(CEZ) centered along manufacturing development initiatives along the Persian Gulf and Caspian Sea coastlines. Sectors targeted for manufacturing units are maritime and inland waterways, water transport, coastal and cruise shipping, and energy generation, etc. Each CEZ will cover economic region consisting of several coastal districts with strong linkage to the ports in that region. Each CEZ with the area of 2,500 to 3,500 sq km will have several Coastal Economic Units (CEU), and in turn each CEU will have several Port-Linked Industrial Clusters (PLIC). "Coastal Economic Units" (CEU) will serve as nodes within CEZ. Each CEU industrial unit will be industrial estates with multiple industries. Each "Port-Linked Industrial Clusters" (PLIC) within CEU will have several manufacturing units. Benefits of this project shall include national GDP growth with ease of doing business by boosting export and job employment expansions, reduction in export cargo logistics cost and time, and increased global competitiveness of Iranian exports.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]This project is a catalyst to the continual modernization and transformation of the Empire of Iran. Iran will continue to demonstrate to the world how a unified society constructed on mutual identity is properly governed but also how a desire of ambition and modernization and the construction of a society eradicated of unnecessary struggles and hindrances develops. Iran continues to work and govern as a shining example of leadership and progressive modernization in the Middle East. Iran shall be an uncontested regional authority once more but that shall happen in due time. Until then, we must remain dedicated to the mission of the construction of the new Iran that our Shah seeks to construct.”[/list][/sub]

Nonador, Paramountica, Central Arstotzka, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, Brazil Toucan

F*ck off raiders, go home.

Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Metropolitan Francais

[list][ المقامرة السعودية: الدولة السعودية الثالثة لا تزال على أهبة الاستعداد ]

[sub]THE SAUDI GAMBIT: IBN SAUD RETURNS TO THE THRONE

Rabi Al Aawwal 1370 • JANUARY 1951[/sub]

[list] مدينة الرياض | RIYADH

[sub]THE HOUSE OF SAUD[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| Years of Hashemite boasting and dominance had taken a toll on the Saud family, still led by Ibn Saud. Just years ago, they were on the verge of achieving the Saudi dream, winning the first encounter, before being completely routed by Hashemite forces 3 decades ago. The once proud Saud family was delegated to vassal status, probably lower. However, with Ibn Saud reaching the last of his years on Earth, he remembered the vision he had for the future when he was exiled to Kuwait. He remembered the stories his aunt told him about his predecessors, who had bravely fought against the Ottoman oppressors and had governed over the 2 holy cities. Had Ibn Saud come all this way just to serve as a puppet? To see what he coveted, but never to possess it? His Wahhabist allies felt the same way. Once having favor, the Hashemites' increasingly secular policies solidified their negative position on the Hashemite throne. The bulk of the army and its equipment was in Arabia, and Saud began making bold promises and preached discontent with the Hashemites' Westernization. With this final resolve, Ibn Saud gathered the massive numbers of his dynasty, and the legitimacy of the Wahhabi clerics, and launched his final stand. |[/sub][/list]

[list] بغداد | BAGHDAD

[sub]THE HASHEMITE HOUSE[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| News of the sudden Saudi uprising had alarmed King Abdullah of the Hashemites. Everything had seemed to go to plan, American support, Islamic legitimacy, and the oil boom, and has come at just arm's length to realizing the Sharifian solution. He would curse himself, knowing that the Sauds were bound to strike at some point. This is a dynasty that had fought over this desert for over 3 centuries, each generation becoming more successful than the last. Muttering to himself, he would check the date. January 13th... where had he heard that before. He came to a sudden realization... the establishment of the Third Saudi State. Goosebumps had crawled down his spine, the realization that Ibn Saud had outplayed him. Hours later, he would join a war room with his experienced generals. Just as he began speaking, 2 envoys would come sprinting in: the Sauds had already seized Riyadh and its surrounding area with Diriyah. The other envoy spoke news of an Omani and Yemeni rebellion. The only stronghold remaining was in the Hejaz.|[/sub][/list]

[list]مكة المكرمة | MECCA

[sub]METICULOUS PLANNING[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| Despite the Sauds' reputation as impulsive and mood-driven rulers, it was quite the opposite. By the time King Abdullah reached the Hejaz with the bulk of his forces, Wahhabi horsemen had already taken Medina by force, and Ibn Saud was marching onto Jeddah from Mecca. Wahhabi sleepers were already within the Hejaz, and other displeased religious clerics had taken up arms in the name of the Sauds. It was here, at the battle of Yanbu, that King Abdullah realized that it was a lost cause... Ibn Saud seemed to have been Napoleon reincarnated. It was an overwhelming Saudi victory, and the former Ikhwan spared nobody. Thus, with the bulk of the loyal Hashemite army being wiped out, Wahhabi clerics turnt south to put down the Omani and Yemeni rebellions, whilst Ibn Saud chased the Hashemites into Jordan.|[/sub][/list]

[list] إشغال ة | SANA'A

[sub]THE IKHWAN'S SHADOW[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| The Yemeni rebellion was fiercely and brutally put down. Saudi generals learned from the stalemate of the first Saudi-Yemeni war and had completely decimated Yemeni forces in a similar fashion. Meanwhile, Wahhabi forces would brutally massacre Shia clerics and monuments in the area, determined to crush the Shia spirit of the region. The Yemeni dynasty would be nearly completely wiped out, because of their claim to being King-Imams, as well as their belonging to the other sect of Islam. Ahmad bin Yahya would be killed while on his boat in an attempt to escape the chaos in Yemen, following the surprising Saudi victory over the Hashemites. Originally hoping to create Greater Yemen, he would be found shot dead floating on a boat off the coast of Qurayyah.|[/sub][/list]

[list] مسقط | MUSCAT

[sub]THE IKHWAN'S SHADOW[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| Hearing about the Yemeni massacres, the Omani sultan would wisely submit. However, the Ibadi tribes and various clans began to attack Saudi villages nearby, which the Wahhabis used as justification for their repeat of the Yemeni occupation. Said bin Timur would step in to protect their tribes, thus causing direct confrontation. Even though less bloody, Said bin Timur would promptly be executed and his son Qaboos would be placed on the throne of Sultan.|[/sub][/list]

[list] مدينة الرياض | RIYADH

[sub]THE CONSOLIDATION[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| Even though Ibn Saud himself would attempt to conquer Iraq and Jordan, the British government had stepped in to protect their allies. It turns out, in a rare foreign policy dispute between the Americans and Brits, the Americans had backed the Sauds, whereas the British backed the Hashemites. The Sauds had come out on top, but the British used the last of their favor with the Americans to mandate that the Hashemites remain in power in Jordan and Iraq. Reduced to a shadow of his old self, King Abdullah returned to Jordan and Faisal to Iraq. Once united, in the wake of the Saudi overthrow, they had returned to their old quarrel, and Faisal got the better end. Ibn Saud would give a proclamation in Riyadh months later, and declare the resumption of the Third Saudi State. Hashemite loyalists were massacred peninsula-wide, and clerics began endorsing them and also cleared up the lie which stated that the Hashemites were descended from the prophet. The same young boy, who had only stories of his ancestors' might, had eclipsed them. The peninsula was consolidated once more, under the Saud's fist. Never would he let go again.|[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Central Arstotzka, Otsla, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

PAYING HEED TO AN ANCIENT GOD: ‘TEMPLE OF KRESNIK’ INAUGURATED BY PAGANS AT PODKOREN

[list][sup]TO SMITE WITH HIS SMOLDERING HORNS

SLOVENIA—MAY 1951[/sup][/list]

The January 1949 publication of Stari bogovi ignited a movement in Slovenia. The six-hundred-page mytho-historical epic had eloquently highlighted and reilluminated Slovene paganism with such convincing narration that it soon spawned a minor Slovene pagan movement after the appearance of several ‘omens’—Ajda, as it called itself, swelled in popularity with each offense given to the Slovene nation. Though dismissed by Interior Minister Alojzij Kuhar as ‘wishful nostalgia for an older time’, its members were hardly discouraged. Pride in the homeland drove followers to the ‘native faith’ of old Slovenia, and though the movement’s following was limited, it was robust enough to ceremonially open a temple in the wooded hills of Upper Carniola. The ‘Temple of Kresnik’ was personally opened by folklorist and pagan leader Jože Anžur, who declared it “the beginning of a new spiritual awakening, of a vaster desire to return to our roots.”

Kresnik was a staple of the Alpine Slavs. A deity long associated with the fabled zlatorog, a gold-horned goat of the mountains, Kresnik lorded over sun, fire and lightning. Son of the greater sun-god Svarog, he was a farmer-warrior of shining hair and earth-shaking powers; his struggles in the sky against a chthonic serpent rained wheat upon the earth and sent bolts of lightning through the heavens. In times of peace, he dwelled on golden mountaintops and often took the form of a deer with sun-gilt antlers. “He is a hero,” said Anžur plainly of the god: “a figure that I feel can embody this nation. Kresnik wielded the magic and traditions that belong to the Slovenian people.” A clearing in Upper Carniola—one near the village of Podkoren in particular—had been chosen for the temple’s location on account of the 1949 discovery of a seventh-century carving there depicting a cervine deity that locals claimed was a manifestation of Kresnik. Less than a kilometer from the carving’s location, the temple grounds were held by members of the Ajda movement to be of great local power. The structure itself was of a traditional wooden build painted in lively colors, and the statue of Kresnik placed at its center was cut from a massive piece of linden, the ‘holy tree’ of Slavic paganism, as were gilded antlers sprouting from his head. The body of Kresnik was muscular and clad in fur and leather; in one hand he wielded a gilded thunderbolt, and in the other, a hefty sword gleamed with real metal.

The temple’s opening by Anžur was as much a lesson on history and a commentary on politics as it was a spiritual performance. A reveler of the Slovenian countryside, Anžur had long been involved in the study of Slovene history, including paganism, pre-Christian Slovenia and the ancient toponymy of the country. He often lectured at public events, and his stump speeches, which frequently involved an enthusiastic performance of folk songs, made the folklorist’s name known throughout Slovenia. It was said that he was a man who felt “a great, magical, and sacred sense of the transmitted history [of Slovenia],” as he would often state to listeners, who were either enthralled or unnerved by his presence. His opinions hit with a brutal force; Anžur scarcely shied away from politics. In his announcement of the temple’s opening, Anžur took the opportunity to cite the “pervasive communist influence” of the day as an attempt to manifest “a spiritual death of this nation” that would “bring the Slovenian people to the state of a herd following a false god”—Josip Broz Tito. Anžur was not yet brazen enough to make any attacks on the hegemonic Catholic Church, but communism at this time was easily enough lambasted; Tito had launched a three-day invasion of Yugoslavia in April, branding himself once more as a target for Slovene enmity. In that enmity, the nation was so united that for once, the Ajda gathering did not provoke a local counter-protest.

Nonador, Paramountica, Central Arstotzka, Otsla, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

New archive factbook, a special thanks to Amsterwald for the code!

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1800191

Nonador, Paramountica, Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

Chapter I - The Death of the King

October - December 1946

The crisis of mistrust caused by the death of King Ananda Mahidol corroded the government of Pridi, the situation was so precarious that two Commissions of Inquiry were created to investigate the death of the King, one organized by the Royal Guard, and seen by the government as more impartial, while the other formed by the Police received broad support from the monarchists and the Democratic Party. After a long month of investigations both commissions came to completely different conclusions. The Royal Guard's investigation reported that the king's death could not have been accidental, but that neither suicide nor murder was satisfactorily proved. Meanwhile the Police commission concluded that Prime Minister Pridi was involved in the King's death.

Although it was clearly manipulated to please the opposition and the monarchists, the Police Commission's conclusion served as a trigger to trigger a crisis in the government's popularity. Dem options Pridi Banomyong was forced to resign, giving way to Admiral Thawan Thamrongnawasawat, seen as the main leader of the Navy that supports a democratic government. With the death of Ananda Mahidol and lack of heirs, his younger brother Bhumibol Adulyadej would assume the throne under the name Rama IX, despite not believing in the involvement of the former Prime Minister Pridi in the death of the previous King, Bhumibol did not fail to show his appreciation for the monarchist cause.

Chapter II - War of Brothers

November, 1947 - Present

In 1947, Phibun was still widely popular as he planned to comeback to Thai politics. Democrat Party leader, Khuang Aphaiwong supported Phibun to be next prime minister. Phin Choonhavan and Kard Kardsonggram, retired army officers, had tried to contact Phibun with a help from Democrat Party to inform the coup plot. Phibun allied and royalists tried to overthrow the constituionalist regime. The army, led by Phibun, wanted to regain their power, and the death of Ananda were the root of royalist goal.

Thamrong's government was faced with charges of corruption, stemming from a government program to hand out free shovels and spades to rural farmers. The farming equipment brought and handed out was sub-standard, leading to charges of corruption and embezzlement by the public. The scandal became known as "devouring the hoes and spades". This, and other scandals, led to a debate, called for by the Democrats, and a vote of no confidence, which Thamrong survived.

On 9 November 1947 at 2:00 am, the armed forces, led by Phibun, began the coup by sending a squadron of tanks to Amphorn Gardens near the government centre. They immediately tried to arrest Prime Minister Thamrong and held him hostage, but the plan has failled after a fierce fight with guards of the Prime Minister. Another tank squadron went to search for Pridi. After arriving at his residence, they found that he had escaped, since he was told of the plot beforehand by an informant. Pridi's house was sprayed with machine gun fire. Leaving only his wife and children who were arrested. Unbeknownst to them, Pridi was hiding under the protection of Admiral Luang Sinthusongkramchai, commander of the Royal Thai Navy at his base.

The junta called themselves the "National Military Council" included Lieutenant General Phin Choonhavan and Colonel Kard Kardsonggram. Other members of the group were: Police General Phao Sriyanond, Colonel Sarit Dhanarajata, Colonel Thanom Kittikachorn, and Lieutenant Colonel Praphas Charusathien, Captain Chatichai Choonhavan.

On the morning of 9 November, General Choonhavan, the spokesman for the junta, read a declaration to the press and broadcast by radio outlining the cause of the coup. He claimed the government's incompetence caused the people to suffer from high prices and the general lack of food and goods. Thus, they reckoned that the government was unable to solve the problem and must be removed by force. During the speech, Choonhavan cried profusely, and was dubbed sarcastically by the press as the "hero of tears"

Royalist allied were led by Khuang Aphaiwong and Seni Pramoj, celebrated the junta on the same day. The National Soldier's Committee then called for Khuang, the Leader of the Opposition to take over as prime minister. At Khuang house, there were full of the Democrat Party members and royal family members. Bhanubandhu Yugala, one of Chakri dynasty members, was reportedly delighted by the coup. Khuang assumed the position on 10 November, becoming prime minister for the third time. The committee set up their own legislative assembly called the "Council of Ministers of the Assembly", making a deal with Khaung that, if he stayed out of their business, they would stay out of his.

On 12 November 1947, Prince Rangsit of Chainat, the Regent of Thailand, signed a provisional charter or the Constitution of 1947, drafted by the royalists such as Seni Pramoj and his brother Kukrit Pramoj, which giving more power to the Monarchy of Thailand. It allowed the king to appoint 100 members of parliament and revived the Privy Council back. Khuang cabinet included more royalists since the 1932. King Bhumibol, who was studying in Lausanne, Switzerland returned the letter to the junta with a satisfaction.

Despite the success in taking control of the capital, and consequently and the Central, Western and Southern regions. The monarchists were surprised when on November 25th in the city of Chonburi, former Prime Minister Pridi and the legitimate Prime Minister Thamrong, supported by the Royal Thai Navy, denounced the coup and announced an armed resistance movement in defense of democracy and the Thai constitution, having received broad support from provinces located in the Eastern and Northeastern regions. Meanwhile in the Northern region, various Thai, Vietnamese and Laotian communist groups, inspired by Ho Chi Minh, started an armed uprising in several provinces and announced the self-proclamation of the People's Republic of Indochina. All these movements culminated in what everyone feared most in Thailand the beginning of a long and bloody civil war and these three groups:

- Royalists and the "Kingdom of Thailand"

- Constitutionalists and the "Constitutional Government of Thailand"

- Communists and the "People's Republic of Indochina"

Alone, none of these groups would have the strength to unify the Nation again, it would only be up to their acumen to get international support for their cause.

[spoiler=Friendly Reminder]As soon as i get time i'll produce a map to show what part of Thailand each side controls. I'll use the six regions map below as reference:

https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regions_of_Thailand

You are open to show any kind of support to any of the sides, can be diplomatic, economic and military (providing military resources, no direct intervention)[/spoiler]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Ubertica, Brazil Toucan

Post self-deleted by Ubertica.

[list][list][list][pre] May, 1951 | ۱۹۵۱ حمل[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]پادشاهی افغانستان ☪ Dǝ Afġānistān Šahi Dawlat

FINDING FRIENDS IN A PIT OF SNAKES[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[sup]In the post-war world, the old European empires have seemingly fallen off, and many countries previously under colonial rule have emerged as independent states. The British Empire lost its grasp over the Indian subcontinent, resulting in the independence of India and Pakistan, two states with which Afghanistan holds different relationships. Despite Afghanistan having initially supported Pakistan in the First Kashmir War, relations between the two states grew tense due to the pressing issue over the Pashtun people on the Pakistani side of the Durand Line. As a result of this brewing tension, Afghanistan would begin building seeking relations with India, starting with the signing of a Friendship Treaty on the 4th of January, 1950; affirming "everlasting peace and friendship between the two Governments," the treaty allowed for the establishment of diplomatic and consular posts in each other's territories. Per standard, the treaty provided that each signatory should be able to establish trade agencies in the other's territory. The treaty would last for five years in the first instance, and at the end of that period, it would be terminable at six months' notice. Despite these diplomatic movements, Afghanistan held on to the notion of "Keep your friends close, but keep thy enemies closer." by keeping cordial relations with Pakistan, even after the border skirmishes. This was mainly because much of Afghan trade passed through Pakistan to the port city of Karachi; thus, it was necessary for Kabul not to be openly hostile to Pakistan. Despite last year's incident at the Bogra pass, when Pakistani Prime Minister Liaquat Ali Khan was assassinated, Kabul sent a sympathetic message and a tribute to his ability. Aside from India and Pakistan, Iran was also visited by an Afghan delegation to begin entire operations after the Afghan embassy in Tehran was finally built. While present at the embassy inauguration, Prime Minister Shah Mahmud Khan, met with his Iranian counterpart to sign a treaty of friendship. Previously relations had been distant since the collapse of the Qajar Dynasty and Amanullah Shah's exile in the 1929 Civil War. Only recently reviving in 1939, the kings of the two countries signed an accord to share water rights over the Helmand River, which was signed but never ratified. Afghanistan made diplomatic history when Afghan diplomat, Sayyid Khan, met with the Burmese foreign minister, Sao Hkum Hkio, establishing a diplomatic mission in the Burmese capital of Yangon. Discussions about Kabul possibly hosting the first IORAS convention are in the works.[/sup]

[sup]Afghanistan also sought to develop its relations with the US and USSR. On the American side of things, Afghanistan had had a relationship with the US since the 1830s, when Josiah Harlan, an American adventurer and political activist from the Philadelphia area of Pennsylvania, traveled to the Indian subcontinent with intentions of becoming the King of Afghanistan. While he never managed to become Shah, he was awarded the title of Prince of Ghor for providing military aid to Dost Muhammad Khan in his war against the British. The first ever Afghan mission visited the US in 1922, bringing a letter from the Shah to then-President, Warren G. Harding. The letter in question is a thank you for Harlan aiding the Shah's grandfather to secure the throne. The first US envoy would be William Harrison Hornibrook, a non-resident envoy from Tehran. Eventually, the first Legation opened in Kabul in June 1942, with multiple people serving as envoys. After the 2nd World War, the legations in both countries were elevated to the embassy on May 6th, 1948, with Louis Goethe Dreyfus serving as US ambassador since 1949. His majesty, Zahir Shah, sent his cousin, Sadar Mohammed Naim, to serve as Chargé d'affaires in Washington, D.C. Then Habibullah Khan Tarzi serving as the Afghan Ambassador to the US at the present day. Contrary to the US, Afghanistan was much more wary and suspicious of its northern neighbor, the USSR. Since the Russian Empire, Afghanistan had always kept them at a distance due to their past intervention, only given more credence when the Soviets encroached on Afghanistan several times in the 20s due to the civil war and Soviet pursuit of the Basmachi insurgents. It was only in the mid-30s that relations normalized again; relations would change with the independence of Pakistan. With a need for rapid modernization, Afghanistan began engaging more diplomatically with the USSR. Both were establishing legations in 1939; the USSR is selling military surplus cheaply to Afghanistan and recently signed a 4-year trade agreement for duty-free transit of Afghan goods through Soviet territory.[/sup]

[sup]Afghanistan also improved its standing with several European countries, firstly coming to an agreement with France to elevate both legations to embassies. Then for the first time in diplomatic history, Afghanistan and the Union of Benelux established relations by signing a cooperation convention, in which both parties agreed to promote trade relations and base them on the GATT of 1947. Further down the line, engage in cultural and educational exchange in the future. And finally, agree to cooperate in fiscal and financial matters to fight against money laundering and double taxation. Finally, Afghanistan recognized the Federal Republic of Germany. Prince Zarlasht Daoud Khan, son of Minister of Interior Sadar Daoud Khan, became the Afghan envoy to the Federal Republic of Germany. A legation was opened in Berlin, with plans to open a German legation in Kabul. German-Afghan relations go back as far as the late 1800s, with Germany supporting previous Afghan rulers and were especially strong during the 30s. It was only due to British and Soviet pressure during World War 2 that Afghanistan cut relations with Germany. While Afghanistan recognized West Germany, the foreign affairs office made no statements on East Germany, neither approval nor condemnation, to avoid antagonizing relations with the Soviet Union.[/sup]

[list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler][/list]

Amsterwald, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, Ubertica, Brazil Toucan

Nonador wrote:[list][list]

[list]ENGAMELI ZWANIE, Prime Minister-UT; ”Friends! Welcome to Azania”

| He said leaning in to embrace them warmly with a respectable, and traditional, kiss on either cheek. |[/list]

East Germany Ddr

[sub]| Water Ulbricht, the General Secretary of the Socialist Unity Party of Germany and Deputy Chairman of the Council of Ministers, was accompanied by Foreign Minister Georg Dertinger and a retinue of advisors, most of them from the fledgling diplomatic corps of East Germany. Fledgling, because much of the world did not recognize the German Democratic Republic in 1951, two years after its establishment in response to the formation of a West German "Federal Republic". The East German State consists of true believers in Socialism, who in no uncertain terms understand themselves to be firmly rooted in the "Eastern Bloc", locked in international class struggle against Capital. But what is to be the battlefield of this struggle, and what tactics and strategies would it call forth? This trip served to test the waters and refine so-called Socialist Realist foreign policy, and what better place than Africa, where East and West alike are beginning to stake their interests. |[/sub]

[sub]| Ulbricht received Zwanie's embrace while a member of the East German delegation stood by to translate between the two. |[/sub]

[list][sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "Prime-Minister Zwanie, it is a pleasure and an honour to visit your beautiful country and to be received in such a friendly way. I admire your country very much, and so does everyone else in the GDR. I hope for fruitful discussions."[/list]

[sub]| Ulbricht looked on at the dancers with joy, thanking them for their warm welcome and impressive performance. |[/sub]

Ping: Nonador (sorry for the delay)

Nonador, Amsterwald, Otsla, Ranponian, Brazil Toucan

[list]June 1951

[sub]Germany At Sea[/sub][/list]

[pre]G E R M A N S H I P B U I L D I N G R E B O R N[/pre]

[list][sub][pre]With the end of the War, Allied Forces moved to rapidly disassemble the

German shipbuilding industry as part of its larger intention to shut down the country's

ability to wage an offensive war. The founding of the Federal Republic and Western support

for German reconstruction of its industries to support the strengthening of Western resolve

against Soviet communism saw a change in heart - and a fire be restarted in the very

center of German shipbuilding.[/pre][/sub][/list]

BLOHM AND VOSS MANAGEMENT OFFICE, PORT OF HAMBURG, HAMBURG, New Provenance

[sub]THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY[/sub]

| BLOHM AND VOSS was one of the giants of Germany's shipbuilding industry - formerly, at least. It had been founded in 1877 by Hermann Blohm and Ernst Voss as a joint partnership to build steel-hulled ships. During the war, the company grew rapidly as it expanded into the development of aircraft - earning it contracts from the growing German military. As a result of its open cooperation with the war effort, the company was shut down by occupation authorities and the Federal Republic refused to reinstate its permit to operate as a federally-recognized business in the country for years, until in June 1950 the City Government of Hamburg voted by a small margin to approve the operate to allow for the re-establishment and continuance of operations of Blohm and Voss. The re-opening of the company would be deemed highly controversial by Germany's newly independent media, however the Hamburg authorities would endeavor to assauge potential fears of favoritism for Blohm and Voss over other shipbuilding companies based in the area by forcing a shakeup of the company's corporate leadership. |

| The restart of operations for one of Germany's largest shipbuilding companies marked yet another step forward in the Federal Republic's intention to jumpstart its various industries - from steel to aeronautics engineering to railways and consumer goods and exporting. With the country marching into the 1950s under the steady helm of Federal Chancellor Konrad Adenauer and Minister for Economy Ludwig Erhard, comprehensive plans to continue the economic growth and massive production output increases seen over the past two years are already being made. So far, the economic recovery enjoyed by Germans have placed the CDU/CSU government in an extremely positive position, and in a speech to the Bundestag's Special Committee for Economics and Finance (Bundestags-Sonderausschuss für Wirtschaft und Finanzen), Minister Erhard affirmed his trust in the subsidizing and supporting of 'massive industrial growth' as a 'key driver to German economic prosperity in the coming decades'. |

| Already, as the success of German industrial revival is seen within key industries on the land, the rebirth of Germany's industry at sea is also beginning to form. During the War, the German shipbuilding industry had been heavily - perhaps even overly - dependent on military contracts from the Wehrmacht. The Federal Government sought to dissolve this mindset, understanding that a German Navy would not exist for a few years, at the very least. Instead, the Adenauer government offered subsidies to rising shipbuilding companies new and old (Blohm and Voss and a new company known as Meer Werke, or Sea Works) to support their development of new vessels ranging from passenger ferries to cargo vessels to export the goods produced by the country's growing export industry. Blohm and Voss would under the new management mandated by the Hamburg City Government issue plans to develop a passenger ferry and two different cargo ships by 1955, with the intention of securing federal contracts to re-open its aeronautics wing in the future. |

[list][pre]DIE ZEIT (Excerpt) | "Blohm and Voss returns with federal contracts to develop Hamburg shipbuilding." | [...] The issuance of contracts worth an estimated $100,000 to Blohm and Voss, and an estimated $150,000 to other companies and consortiums seeking to establish their own foothold in Hamburg shipbuilding, was confirmed by the Ministry for Economy Friday. A spokesperson of the ministry affirmed that the issuance of contracts and subsidies were 'another step forward in the Federal Government's plan to revive the industries of Germany to create a resilient, robust and prosperous economy'.[/pre][/list]

| The revival of Germany's shipbuilding, however, would revive interest in the revival of the highly controversial German arms industry - which had supported the war effort and was almost entirely shut down with the Allied occupation. The debate would proceed in the Bundestag alongside verbal clashes over policy to direct the country's plan for the decade of the Fifties, especially concerning urban railways, public transportation, and public welfare nets that the SPD is pushing to implement. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan

[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE

FRENCH BUREAUCRACY

MINISTÈRE DES AFFAIRES ÉTRANGÈRES[/pre][/list]

______

FRENCH FOREIGN MINISTRY: A RENEWED FRANCE SEEKS ENLIGHTENMENT AND NEW GLOBAL PARTNERSHIPS

[sub]IVTH FRENCH REPUBLIC | PARIS, JUNE 1951 [/sub][/list]

[sub]| HELM OF DIPLOMACY, MINISTÈRE DES AFFAIRES ÉTRANGÈRES - | With the conclusion of the February Conference in Zaire and the immediate border changes being made to central African states, France has hailed the historic achievement as an absolute victory for Africans and Frenchman alike. The changes which have seen France's image in the colonial world vastly improve, has also opened up many new doors to relations with other African nations such as Ethiopia, Azania, Zaire, and others. In fact French Government investments in Africa have more than doubled in the last 3 months since the conference while private sector investments have increased tenfold. These changes which have been greatly beneficial for African nations will hopefully blot out Soviet influence on the continent as Africans seem to favor Western investments.[/sub]

[sub]While France builds a new image for itself and Europe abroad, French policy makers back home in Paris have began echoing calls for action over the Saar Protectorate with many arguing that it should be reintegrated into the folds of the French Republic. Their arguments are backed by the more than 1,300 years of history that the region shared with the Kingdom of the Franks and the French kings who sought from the 17th century onwards, to incorporate all the territories on the western side of the river Rhine and repeatedly invaded the area in 1635, 1676, 1679, and in 1734, extending their realm to the river Saar and establishing the city and stronghold of Saarlouis in 1680. It was not the king of France but the armies of the French Revolution who terminated the independence of the states in the region of the Saarland.[/sub]

[sub]After 1792 they conquered the region and made it part of the French Republic. While a strip in the west belonged to the Département Moselle, the centre in 1798 became part of the Département de Sarre, and the east became part of the Département du Mont-Tonnerre. After the defeat of Napoleon in 1815, the region was divided again. Most of it became part of the Prussian Rhine Province. Another part in the east, corresponding to the present Saarpfalz district, was allocated to the Kingdom of Bavaria. A small part in the northeast was ruled by the Duke of Oldenburg. On 31 July 1870, the French Emperor Napoleon III ordered an invasion across the River Saar to seize Saarbrücken. The first shots of the Franco-Prussian War 1870-1871 were fired on the heights of Spichern, south of Saarbrücken. The Saar region became part of the German Empire which came into existence on 18 January 1871, during the course of the war.[/sub]

[sub]While several French politicians would like to see the region reintegrated with France entirely, others have called for the region's complete independence as a new sovereign state. President Vincent Auriol has vowed that a referendum shall take place by the end of the year which will ask Saarland citizens if they want to become independent or rejoin the French Republic and be granted French citizenship along with all the rights and liberties that come with it. The French Government has also pledged to work with West Germany on the issue as it is a primarily Franco-German one with a sensitive past. France hopes that the two nations will find an agreeable solution to the Saar Protectorate with the assistance of the people of Saarland itself voicing their opinions on the matter.[/sub]

[sub]Meanwhile the French Republic has expanded relations with the Benelux and Great Britain by signing the Trilateral Security Protocol for the Caribbean. The protocol creates a joint security apparatus between the three European nations which will ensure the protection of overseas territories and departments in that part of the world. Additionally France has secured a lucrative partnership with Iran after signing an economic and security partnership with Tehran. The Shah has become a valued partner to the West and France in particular after he agreed to purchase primarily French armaments for his modernizing armed forces. Afghanistan has even sought to expand relations in hopes of securing foreign investment which is seen as a favorable pull away from Soviet influence. The French legation in Kabul has been upgraded to a full embassy as a result. | [/sub]

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!

VIVE LA FRANCE!

VIVE L’EMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐂𝐎𝐋𝐎𝐍𝐈𝐀𝐋𝐈𝐒𝐌

𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Brazil Toucan

East Germany Ddr wrote:[sub]| Water Ulbricht, the General Secretary of the Socialist Unity Party of Germany and Deputy Chairman of the Council of Ministers, was accompanied by Foreign Minister Georg Dertinger and a retinue of advisors, most of them from the fledgling diplomatic corps of East Germany. Fledgling, because much of the world did not recognize the German Democratic Republic in 1951, two years after its establishment in response to the formation of a West German "Federal Republic". The East German State consists of true believers in Socialism, who in no uncertain terms understand themselves to be firmly rooted in the "Eastern Bloc", locked in international class struggle against Capital. But what is to be the battlefield of this struggle, and what tactics and strategies would it call forth? This trip served to test the waters and refine so-called Socialist Realist foreign policy, and what better place than Africa, where East and West alike are beginning to stake their interests. |[/sub]

[sub]| Ulbricht received Zwanie's embrace while a member of the East German delegation stood by to translate between the two. |[/sub]

[list][sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "Prime-Minister Zwanie, it is a pleasure and an honour to visit your beautiful country and to be received in such a friendly way. I admire your country very much, and so does everyone else in the GDR. I hope for fruitful discussions."[/list]

[sub]| Ulbricht looked on at the dancers with joy, thanking them for their warm welcome and impressive performance. |[/sub]

Ping: Nonador (sorry for the delay)

[sub]Zwane would gesture towards the garden entrance where, several yards ahead, a small area had been set aside for the Prime Minister and General Secretary to sit. Having been the benefactor of a European exchange program as part of his secondary education, Zwane had no need for either a German nor French translator. Instead, wanting to have a more intimate.. and indeed direct meeting with his counterpart, allowed his Minister of External Affairs to escort the other members of the delegation back inside of the Union Buildings where a Minister’s meeting was to occur between the a East German and Azanian representatives.[/sub]

[sub]Beginning their slow walk to the seated area, Zwane would continue in warm conversation with Mister Ulbricht.[/sub]

[list]ENGAMELI ZWANE, Prime Minister-UT; ”I thank-you for your kind words… the divine has graced us to live in a land so filled with natural beauty.. we only hope that the things we build here, can exist in harmony with it-… take this garden for example, many of the plants you see here predate the Union Buildings by hundreds of years. Some who took root upon this hill even before men came to inhabit the Cape.. here before either of our great-grand parents were conceived, and likely to remain long after we both are gone….”

| Zwane would take a moment and pause before continuing. |

ENGAMELI ZWANE, Prime Minister-UT; ”I was rather surprised when the first communique was received from your government…. When peace was secured in Europe, I was unsure of what would rise from the ashes and, among them, I could not have foreseen that where once there was a single Germany.. now there are two…”

Paramountica, Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan

Nonador wrote:

ENGAMELI ZWANE, Prime Minister-UT; ”I was rather surprised when the first communique was received from your government…. When peace was secured in Europe, I was unsure of what would rise from the ashes and, among them, I could not have foreseen that where once there was a single Germany.. now there are two…”

[sub]| Ulbricht kept the pace alongside Zwane, listening to him with intent. |[/sub]

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "Believe me, Mr. Zwane, neither did I expect Germany to be broken apart after so many years in exile in the Soviet Union. Despite what you might hear in the West Press, it's not just the line of our government that the division is illegal. I truly believe that there should be a single, neutral Germany, and so do many others even in the USSR. What we want is a peaceful Europe and an equal, post-colonial world. Your country and the peace it has forged between the different tribal peoples is a model."

Ping: Nonador

Nonador, Paramountica, Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan

[list][list][list][pre]THE EMPIRE OF IRAN

امپراتوری ایران[/pre][/list]

______

FOUNDATION FOR PAHLAVISM ECONOMICS

[sub]FAZLOLLAH ZAHEDI ADMINISTRATION | TEHRAN, JUNE 1951[/sub][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1801580

Nonador, Paramountica, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Brazil Toucan

East Germany Ddr wrote:[sub]| Ulbricht kept the pace alongside Zwane, listening to him with intent. |[/sub]

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "Believe me, Mr. Zwane, neither did I expect Germany to be broken apart after so many years in exile in the Soviet Union. Despite what you might hear in the West Press, it's not just the line of our government that the division is illegal. I truly believe that there should be a single, neutral Germany, and so do many others even in the USSR. What we want is a peaceful Europe and an equal, post-colonial world. Your country and the peace it has forged between the different tribal peoples is a model."

Ping: Nonador

[list]ENGAMELI ZWANE, Prime Minister-UT; ”It has been a long road to reach this point.. but we still have an even longer way to go, to truly embody the model you speak of. The division of the German people is a tragedy.. and I fear that it may be one which will lead to conflict in the future.. if you could forgive my directness, the world - I fear - may not survive another war sparked in Central Europe.”

| Reaching the shaded area, Zwane would extend his hand towards the chair opposite of his, and wait for his guest to sit before he would follow. |[/list]

Paramountica, Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan

BLATNIK FORMS ‘COALITION AGAINST COMMUNISM’—KOPROKOM—AND MAKES A PLEA FOR SUPPORT

[list][sup]TO SHACKLE THE BEAST NEXT DOOR

SLOVENIA—JUNE 1951[/sup][/list]

Just one month after three bullets tore through his chest, right-wing assemblyman Borut Blatnik returned to the political stage with strengthened legitimacy. The attempt on his life had effectively proved his talking points: that Soviet-backed agents were indeed seeping into the country, and that they would attempt to uproot the entire Slovene political establishment by violent means. New crowds flocked to hear his passionate speeches, though his doctor discouraged giving them regularly. Beljak became a hive of anti-communist activities, and seizing the national mood, Blatnik announced the creation of the Koalicija proti komunizmu (“Coalition against Communism”), or Koprokom, in a statement outside his Beljak residence in June 1951. “We in Slovenia are the vanguard against redness,” he asserted. “Millions, hypnotized by this ideology and its relentless pursuit of overturning the world’s progress, now hope to shatter the foundation of our great Slovenian house and the soil on which it was built. We must show them that their roots cannot spread in Slovenia—that the soil of Slovenia exudes an acid which will rebuke their every attempt to draw near.” Quick to announce support for him was 70-year-old General Leon Rupnik, a former military officer with whom the Slovenian government cut ties for his radical sentiments. Other conservative figures soon joined in the chorus of anti-communism, and by the end of the month Koprokom—describing itself as a ‘political action organization’ whose claimed activities placed it somewhere between a paramilitary organization and fundraising campaign—would number over two thousand members.

The government of Prime Minister Andrej Gosar trod carefully around Koprokom. To endorse them would be to endorse a popular cause, yes—but also to tie the presiding government to radicals who could deeply tarnish the image of the broadly respected Slovene People’s Party. The closest Gosar himself came to endorsing Koprokom, therefore, was to say when questioned by the press that he “lamented the entrapment of our brothers and sisters under communist banners”, though he refused to elaborate further. This was an extremely common opinion: the ‘lost million’ Slovenes were sincerely mourned by the many who had read Dr. Dragan Šanda’s claims of the Kajkavians and their essential slovenstvo (“Sloveneness”), which implied that the northernmost Croats of Yugoslavia were Slovenes misnamed for political reasons, as their dialect was fully intelligible with Prekmurje Slovene. The belief had spread widely among the Slovene public, as it is built on genuine truth: that Kajkavians are—linguistically, at least—identical to Prekmurje Slovenes. The beliefs of Koprokom reached beyond just the ‘lost million’, however. To them, it was not just the Kajkavians needing emancipation, but every people under communist rule. Those who actively criticized the Yugoslavs and other Eastern nations, and who would refuse trade and collaboration with them, were helping the cause. Those who were conspicuously silent were traitors to human civilization. This lent a new animosity towards Italy, Slovenia’s most populous neighbor and which remains at tension with it in spite of the greater Eastern threat. “For not supporting our nation in its struggle,” Borut Blatnik had spoken months prior, “the Italians deserve our most bitter vilification. How could they see the towering East, and yet instead of standing in a shield of solidarity, fantasize of oppressing the Slovenes once more?”

Those who were silent, Koprokom insisted, were the enemy.

Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Brazil Toucan

As promised the Thai Civil War factbook, including the map is finally released. Enjoy it.

https://www.nationstates.net/nation=pontianus/detail=factbook/id=1801590

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Crazybloxian Empire, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan

Pontianus wrote:As promised the Thai Civil War factbook, including the map is finally released. Enjoy it.

https://www.nationstates.net/nation=pontianus/detail=factbook/id=1801590

[/spoiler]

That's some great writing!

Yes I was the previous Thailand roleplayer before I decided to quit the col altogether. Being in this place still gives me the nostalgia.

Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais

PALACE OF THE SLAVS!

June 19th 1951

As a counterpart-project to the Palace of the Soviets in the U.S.S.R, Comrade Marshal Tito has announced the beginning of construction on the "Palace of the Slavs" in Belgrade which will feature at its peak character representations of all Balkan Slavic Groups holding up a Red Star. While the Dimensions of the Palace of the Soviets would be 416m in height, the Palace of the Slavs would stand at 200m and importantly no other new Construction in Belgrade shall be permitted to go above 80m (262 feet) to retain its dominating position in the skyline. To be built entirely of Yugoslav-sourced Materials construction is estimated to take until 1958 and cost an average of 25,000,000 per year (for a total of 225,000,000, or 2.6bln in 2022). Costs for the Project, it was argued, are entirely justified as it would house so many vital Government functions. After all this was not just the cost of one ministry but 6, not including Parliament and the National Court. Construction of the Palace will take place in the Staro Sajmište District, which is on an ideal position beside the Sava River.

The 60 Story tall construct shall be flanked on either side 3 intersecting courtyarded squares which would permit the housing of 6 Ministries. The Ministries chosen in Particular would be the Ministry of the Interior, Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Defense, Ministry of Industry, Ministry of Trade and Foreign Ministry. The Central Building possessing 4 tiers shall house on the first Tier the Parliament and National Court, the second shall house Offices for Secretaries and Communications, the third floor the National Archives and the highest tier being the smallest shall house the State Dining Hall, Treaty Rooms as well as the Official Apartment of the Marshal.

For Yugoslavia completion of the Project would be a matter of immense National pride and prestige, and a symbol of her longevity in the face of Slovenian secession and opposition. Some have however criticized the small size of the Building compared to the Palace of the Soviets, but ultimately the simple scale of economies made it impossible for Yugoslavia to complete such a building without either extremely long building times or huge financial expenditure. There was also the concern that if the Building was too immense in scale it would turn into a PR nightmare as the Government would be building a huge imposing structure that would be drowning out the Cities Apartment blocks. It was decided that 200 meters was a good middleground not just because it would be slightly over twice as high as the Cities other Landmarks but also because it would not be large enough to cast shadows on the surrounding Districts.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Brazil Toucan

[list][list]APRIL 1951

[sub]Korean War Finance[/sub][/list]

[sup]A Singular¹[/sup][sub][pre] W E S T M I N S T E R   H A L L [/pre][/sub]

[pre] W A R   F I N A N C E [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre]

King George VI —

From Canada to the Australia,

from Singapore to Nigeria, from

the Caribbean to East Africa —

H.R.H. reigns united an Empire,

Commonwealth, & Postwar Effort.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

TOTHILL STREET, WESTMINSTER, CITY OF LONDON  — MORNING

[sub]LONDON, ENGLAND, Great Britain Gb[/sub]

[list][list][sub]Tothill Street, Westminster, home to the MINISTRY OF LABOR AND NATIONAL SERVICE — government ministry established in 1939 to allocate persons to work between the armed forces, civil defense forces, and industry, as well as to administer the Schedule of Reserved Operations. The Ministry retains responsibility over employment exchanges, and closely cooperates with the Ministry of National Insurance and the Board of Trade to carry out its responsibilities.[/sub][/list][/list]

| For the BUDGET OF APRIL 10th, Mister HUGH GAITSKELL, Leader of the Labour Party, would be assigned chief responsibility of overall planning. For the Prime Minister and in close communication with His Majesty’s Cabinet, Gaitskell would plan alongside ANEURIN BEVAN, Minister for Labour and National Service, a pathway through which the Government would be able to finance operations and donations to the U.N. COMMAND IN KOREA and the FORCES OF THE REPUBLIC OF KOREA, who were fighting off the communist threat posed by the Democratic People’s Republic to the North. The Government of CLEMENT ATTLEE would be staunchly supportive of the Effort in Korea, with the Honorable Leader of the Labour Party affirming this at his most recent appearance before the DISPATCH BOX, on the 4TH OF APRIL, to which he declared— |

[list]| HUGH GAITSKELL, [sub]Leader of the Labour Party[/sub] | “...To the Right Honorable Gentleman, it is immensely clear that there must be some sacrifices made. The Global Fight Against Communism is a Fight that the Government wholly stands behind and, I am sure, the British People stand behind, as well. The incoming 10th of April Budget will clearly reflect this as we endeavor to design a Budget that supports our military operations abroad in support of the Government of the Republic of Korea, and the United Nations Joint Coalition. It is clear that Britain must pick a side, and it is clear furthermore what that side is.[/list]

| The 10TH OF APRIL BUDGET would be designed in chief by Mister Gaitskell, however other key Cabinet ministers, including Minister Bevan, of the Ministry for Labor and National Service, and Mister HAROLD WILSON, MP for Huyton and the PRESIDENT OF THE BOARD OF TRADE. The budget would see that there was INSUFFICIENT funding for Britain’s foreign military excursions and military support for the REPUBLIC OF KOREA ARMY and the U.N. COALITION IN KOREA. It would be here, on TOTHILL STREET in WESTMINSTER, that the budget would be re-aligned to match the Attlee Government’s clear intention to maintain Britain’s strong involvement on the side of the United Nations and the Republic of Korea. In coordination with key MPs involved in banking and government finance, the 10th of April Budget would be first drafted by the 6th, and presented to the Prime Minister on the 9th of April, before its presentation to the HOUSE OF COMMONS the next day, as scheduled, on the 10th. |

| Upon presentation, however, the budget would receive outrage from various ministers and MPs, prominently BEVAN, MISTER JOHN FREEMAN — MP for Watford — and of course, Mister Harold Wilson himself, who criticized the budget’s introduction of PRESCRIPTION CHARGES for dental and vision care, as well as the transferring of substantial funds from the National Insurance Fund to pay for British rearmament and financial and military obligations to the Effort in Korea. Bevan and Wilson fought the 10th of April Budget, seeking to gain support to introduce amendments shutting down the proposed prescription charges and fund transfers away from the National Insurance Fund, on which Wilson declared— |

[list]| HAROLD WILSON, [sub]President of the Board of Trade [/sub] | “—A sure outrage! The [people] would not stand for such treachery committed to the system of welfare our Party has firmly declared it stands for.”[/list]

| With a steely determination in his eye, ANEURIN BEVAN would deliver his resignation from His Majesty’s Cabinet and the post of Minister for Labour and National Service on the 23rd of April, from TOTHILL STREET, to 10 DOWNING STREET where Prime Minister CLEMENT ATTLEE resided. MP JOHN FREEMAN, for Watford, and HAROLD WILSON, President of the Board of Trade, issued their resignations the same day — ‘in direct protest to the 10th of April Budget, on provisions and proposals to which I cannot personally support as Minister for Labor and National Service’, reported Bevan’s letter to the Prime Minister, which was reluctantly ACCEPTED later that evening. |

| The resignations of two key figures within the Labour Party from the Attlee Cabinet — Bevan and Wilson — would prove near lethal for the PRIME MINISTER, who reported before the House of Commons to lobby for the passage of the BUDGET by the next day. The 10th of April Budget would subsequently be passed by the LABOUR MAJORITY, however reservations among MPs would build especially over the diversion of funds away from the NATIONAL INSURANCE FUND. The Prime Minister affirmed that there would be ‘no spending cuts for healthcare’ in a speech to the PRESS CORPS, however his statement was not well-received. |

| The resignations of WILSON and BEVAN would be received as yet another major blow to the Labour Government, who would especially be suffering from the death of ERNEST BEVIN, Lord Keeper of the Privy Seal and until March of this year SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AFFAIRS, four days after the introduction of the 10th of April Budget. Further Labour strife internally as its Government continued to lament its weakened election result in 1950 would also continue ‘rocking the boat’, as one commentator described. |

____________

[sub]¹ A Singular: being a one of one post on a matter, expanded upon possibly at a later date without a pre-drafted connection.[/sub]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

[list][list]JULY 1951

[sub]Hard to Handle[/sub][/list]

[sub][pre] T W O T R I B E S A T W A R [/pre][/sub]

[list][list][sub][pre]It is the duty of men who militate in all

sectors of public life, in all spheres of

Government, in all party associations,

to dedicate their efforts to the good

of the People.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

AMAZON RIVER, STATE OF PARÁ — AFTERNOON

[sub]THE UNITED STATES OF Brazil Toucan[/sub]

| To the cabodos who live on the banks of the Amazon River, the Caiapó Indians are hard to handle. They wait in the jungle until the men from the caboclo villages go to work, then they attack. If there is any kind of resistance, they shoot fire arrows at the huts. To the Caiapós, the cabodos threatens their hunting area. But they have an ally, the Indian Protection Service, a federal bureau. The Indian Service tried to get the government to ban shooting Indians. After increasing attacks by the Caiapó, the State of Pará Chamber of Commerce sent a telegram to the National Congress: |

[list][pre]“Transmitting the outcry of the state’s population against the attacks on the cabodos by the Caiapó Indians, in a situation in which Brazil needs rubber for the economy.”[/pre][/list]

| Production fell from 2,000 to 400 tons per year. In addition to using bows and arrows, the Indians used Winchester rifles given to them by renegade traders, much like in the U.S., where firearms were sold to the Native Americans by fur traders. The telegram sent to Rio de Janeiro implied that the ammunition came from the Indian Service; recently, the police seized 16,000 rifle bullets. Indian Service answered: |

[list][pre]“When there is interest in Brazil nuts and rubber, invasions of Indian territory occur. The position we take of being against exploiters and attackers, some are against our service.”[/pre][/list]

Nonador, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

CROATIAN FASCISTS BOMB CINEMA IN BELGRADE

June 23rd 1951

Tragedy struck today as a packed Cinema suffered under an improvised explosive attack, killing 37 and wounding 61 more. The Croatian Fascists, under the Ustaše claimed responsibility for the attack within hours claiming it was a strike at the heart of "The Devil". Having been banned following the war the Ustaše never did however fade out of existence, and continued to conduct semi-guerilla attacks against the Yugoslav State while also decrying the Slovenes for their revanchist positions. Vast outrage was to be heard within the rest of the Federation, though many in Croatia under their breath praised the attacks. The Ustaše in their doctrine of Superiority had seen it right not just to claim ownership of all of Croatia, but all of Bosnia and parts of Slovenia and Serbia. Claiming both the Slovene and Yugoslav Governments to be godless enemies of the Croatian People and Blood. Tito and the Central Government have vowed crackdowns against the "Forces of Evil" however in practice given the Ustaše's practice of secrecy it might be hard to root them out in the short term (OOC they continued attacking the Yugoslavs from 1945 to the mid 1980s).

Overall the Government sees it fit to maintain its utterly hostile position on the Ustaše, as their wish to conduct terror not just on Yugoslavs but Slovenes means that if they were to soften their treatment it would further alienate many Slovenes within Yugoslavia which is contrary to the wishes of the Government. After all Yugoslavia claims to be the rightful owner of Slovenia, and thus must protect them from potential Terrorists even in absence. Especially with the announcement of the Palace of the Slavs, the Interior Ministry shall seek to step up its urban operations to prevent attacks on Government Buildings, though at the same time the choice of a Cinema indicates that they were either afraid or unable to conduct a similar attack on a Government Building.

Tito took the time on National Radio to declare that it was the perverted and criminal forces of the West that were propping up the Ustaše, in an attempt to create a Buffer state between Yugoslavia and Slovenia.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, East Germany Ddr, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

Nonador wrote:[list]ENGAMELI ZWANE, Prime Minister-UT; ”It has been a long road to reach this point.. but we still have an even longer way to go, to truly embody the model you speak of. The division of the German people is a tragedy.. and I fear that it may be one which will lead to conflict in the future.. if you could forgive my directness, the world - I fear - may not survive another war sparked in Central Europe.”

| Reaching the shaded area, Zwane would extend his hand towards the chair opposite of his, and wait for his guest to sit before he would follow. |[/list]

[sub]| Ulbricht sat down facing Mr. Zwane. |[/sub]

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "I couldn't agree with you more Mr. Zwane. It is for that reason that the GDR champions detente in Central Europe. You must understand the West has put us and especially the USSR in a very difficult position, first by artificially dividing Germany and secondly by refusing to give the USSR a seat at the table in the Council of Europe. It is not clear to me whether the West shares our desire for lasting peace..."

[sub]| Ulbricht paused for a moment to collect his thoughts. |[/sub]

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "But if you'll allow me to be direct now, Mr. Zwane, I did not come here to lament Europe's multitudinous divisions. The total decolonization of Africa is on the horizon, but the great powers' interest in Africa won't dissipate. We hope to establish partnerships with Azania and other African countries that serve the interests of all parties. The GDR wants to lead the reset in European-African relations, leaving behind colonial domination in lieu of genuine equality of nations. This is our mission, and it is the mission of the whole international socialist community."

Ping: Nonador

Nonador, Arcanda, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Adriatican Islands

[list][list][list][pre]18th of July, 1951 | ۱۹۵۱ سرطان[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]پادشاهی افغانستان ☪ Dǝ Afġānistān Šahi Dawlat

ENTER THE RED PRINCE: MOHAMMED DAOUD KHAN[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[sup]Born on the month of Saraṭān, or the 18th of July, 1901, Daoud Khan was born into the Barakzai dynasty. A dynasty that traces its lineage back to Dost Mohammad Khan. Daoud specifically belonged to the Musahiban, a sub-clan descended from Sultan Mohammad Khan "Telai," ruler of Peshawar and brother of Dost Muhammad Khan. Daoud's father was Prince Mohammed Aziz Khan (an older half-brother of Nadir Shah), and his mother was Princess Khurshid Begum, a Sardar Mohammed Akbar Khan Ghazi descendant. From a young age, Daoud was made aware by his father, Aziz, of the ancestral shame that loomed over the Musahibans. That shame came from their ancestor Sultan Telai who inadvertently caused Afghanistan to lose its connection to the western Pashtun tribes when he lost Peshwar to the Sikhs. This sense of shame pushed the young Daoud to exceed in his educational career at the school of Armani-eh. The then King, Amanullah Khan, set up the school to give young Afghani royalty a western education. The school of Armani-eh's curriculum was German-based, providing its students with lessons on German ideas, German philosophy, German history, and the German language. Daoud became particularly infatuated with the writings of Hegel, Spengler, Bismark, and the infamous Adolf Heidler. Daoud viewed Heidler's ideal of one nation, one people, and one ruler as the key to unifying the Afghan people into a cohesive identity and thus building a modern nation-state capable of ruling itself without the interference of colonial powers. Daoud, after graduating, would go off to study in the Harbidad military school as was expected of Afghan princes. There he learned the lesson of drill, discipline, and military leadership; however, his studies would be interrupted when in 1928, the Tajik bandit Habibullah Kalakani overthrew Amanullah, forcing the royal family to flee to the British Raj for refuge. It was only after the end of the civil war in 1929 that Daoud could return home; however, he would have to finish his education to help rebuild the state quickly. He graduated in 1932 and was made a Major General in the army. He served in various positions until his father's death on the 6th of June, 1933, who was assassinated at the Afghan embassy in Germany. Upon hearing of his father's death, Daoud and his brother, Naim Khan, were devastated. Their uncle Hashim Khan, who was Prime Minister then, began forming a close bond with them as he had no children. Hashim would heavily promote the two in the royal court, eventually getting Daoud promoted to military/civilian governor of Kandahar in 1935, while Naim was made deputy of foreign affairs. During his tenure as governor, Daoud began putting into action his Pashtun nationalist ideology. In Kandahar, there was a serious communication problem between the civil service and the people, as Pashto was the language used by the civil service while most of the people spoke Dari. Pashto was mainly used by the Pashtun tribes and the royalty itself, but Dari had long been the language in which previous governments had used to operate. The Pashtun intelligentsia had worked hard to make Pashto a cannon language by creating a script. Daoud seeing an opportunity, brought in these intellectuals to take over positions of leadership within the schooling system in Kandahar. Because of this constant autocratic style rule, many in Kandahar took to calling Daoud "Crazy Daoud" as a reputation for a harsh man who didn't take nonsense, with an erratic temperament, and was very emotional. Throughout his remaining time in Kandahar, Daoud formed close bonds with the local Pashtun tribes and, as a result, became heavily invested in the Pashtun nationalist movement, which connected to his ideas of one nation, one people, one ruler. In 1946, when his uncle Hashim Khan resigned from the Prime Ministership and was replaced with another uncle, Shah Mahmud Khan, Daoud was promoted to Commander of the Central Forces. His tenure as commander earned him his first war stripes in the 1944 Tribal Revolt, in which he led the central corps against the revolting Safi tribe in the eastern province. During the campaign, Daoud showed himself to compete not only in warfare but in politics, as he was able to politically outmaneuver the Safi by gaining the support of their rivals, the Nuristani and Shinwari tribesmen. After the war ended in 1947, Daoud was again promoted to the Minister of Defense from 1946 to 1948. Finally promoted to the interior ministry in 1949 to the current day.[/sup]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Greater Kurdistane, Brazil Toucan

East Germany Ddr wrote:[sub]| Ulbricht sat down facing Mr. Zwane. |[/sub]

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "I couldn't agree with you more Mr. Zwane. It is for that reason that the GDR champions detente in Central Europe. You must understand the West has put us and especially the USSR in a very difficult position, first by artificially dividing Germany and secondly by refusing to give the USSR a seat at the table in the Council of Europe. It is not clear to me whether the West shares our desire for lasting peace..."

[sub]| Ulbricht paused for a moment to collect his thoughts. |[/sub]

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "But if you'll allow me to be direct now, Mr. Zwane, I did not come here to lament Europe's multitudinous divisions. The total decolonization of Africa is on the horizon, but the great powers' interest in Africa won't dissipate. We hope to establish partnerships with Azania and other African countries that serve the interests of all parties. The GDR wants to lead the reset in European-African relations, leaving behind colonial domination in lieu of genuine equality of nations. This is our mission, and it is the mission of the whole international socialist community."

Ping: Nonador

[sub]Zwane would nod as he listened to the words of his counterpart.[/sub]

[list]ENGAMELI ZWANE, Prime Minister-UT; ”I can appreciate your candor in this matter.. but my greatest concern is that the young nations on this continent will become pawns in Europe’s geopolitical struggle. The focus of this ‘new’ Africa we strive to build, must be upon liberation, development, and soul searching, after spending so many years in the wilderness.. While the United Tribes is open to dialogue and equal partnerships with all nations, our desire to be neutral must be accepted and respected. Africa can be a friend to all who desire friendship, but we should not be used as proxies in this new game among the great powers.”

Otsla, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Cambodiia

[list]July 1951

[sub]9 to 5[/sub][/list]

[pre] L A B O R L A W D E F E N S E[/pre]

[list][sub][pre]In April of 1951, the Congress of the Philippines

passed Republic Act 602 (R.A. 602), or the Minimum Wage Law, which

established an absolute minimum wage of 3 pesos a day for non-capital

areas and provinces, and 4 pesos a day for the Manila Province, to be

raised to 4 and 5 pesos respectively. The law's signing by President

Manuel Roxas marked a significant step forward for labor reform

in the country.[/pre][/sub][/list]

LEGISLATIVE BUILDING, MANILA CITY, MANILA PROVINCE, Provenancia

[sub]THIRD REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES[/sub]

| By recommendation of the SECRETARY OF LABOR, Jose Figueras, the LIBERAL PARTY had put forward to the Congress the MINIMUM WAGE LAW OF 1951, a culmination of negotiations between the center-left governing Liberal Party and the center-right, pro-business Nacionalista Party, and other minor parties in Congress. Despite possessing a powerful majority in both Houses the LP still sought to secure multipartisan support from across the aisle, and secured such in March of this year, allowing for the bill's passage in April. SEC. FIGUERAS immediately embarked upon the establishment of the BOARD OF WAGES, to be chaired by the Vice President, and co-chaired by himself, to establish for a more comprehensive minimum wage plan that would be implemented in a sweeping social welfare reform bill slated for proposition to the Congress after the summer recess. At the same time, while the internal Board debate over provincial minimum wage numbers went on, PRESIDENT MANUEL ROXAS stood before the Congress in June to defend the Minimum Wage Law and other government proposals to establish a social security net and slash unemployment by subsidizing education and proficiency training among adults, arguing— |

[list][sub]| MANUEL ROXAS, The President |[/sub] ". . . To believe that the providing of proficient education and workforce training for the Filipino adult is absurd, is beyond my comprehension. It is the government's clear and solemn duty to deliver to the people jobs through which they can make and guarantee themselves a living, shelter, a full stomach, and a bright future for their children and family. That is what these programs stand for, and that is what this Administration will stand for."[/list]

[list][pre]—AT THE SESSION OF THE SENATE SUBCOMMITTEE FOR LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT, 22 JUNE 1951[/pre][/list]

| Already, in July, negotiations between PRESIDENT ROXAS and key Congressional leaders from the Nacionalista Party and the Liberal Democrats were already coming close to an agreement on labor laws that would be expanded, as well as legislation to embolden and strengthen unions. Right-wing factions within the NP sought to prevent such legislation from becoming possible, mounting an attempt to paint the Roxas Administration in a negative light, however this plan would end up failing due to widespread public popularity of the legislation. With the SUMMER RECESS in effect until September by default, negotiations were temporarily put on hold, and the Vice President would return to chair the BOARD OF WAGES, which was investigating the possibility of a P6.50/day minimum wage in the Manila Province, to which many rural Filipinos were migrating in search of better work. In light of this, the SEC. FIGUERAS proposed to the Cabinet at the weekly meeting in July— |

[list][pre]To the PRESIDENT; Proposing the subsidization of the development of stronger power production in and around and primarily for the Manila Province Area, the development of the Alabang Development Project and other Southern Areas, and the strengthening of internal domestic trade between the Manila Province Area and the Cordillera Agricultural zones.[/pre][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Brazil Toucan

[list][list]The Kingdom of Greece, Greek Elections to be Standardized by 1952 : Prime Minister Tsaldaris Announces That he Will Not Be Running in the Elections!, July 1951

Το Βασίλειο της Ελλάδος, Οι ελληνικές εκλογές θα τυποποιηθούν από το 1952 : ο πρωθυπουργός Τσαλδάρης ανακοινώνει ότι δεν θα είναι υποψήφιος στις εκλογές!, Ιούλιος 1951[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands - The Greek Prime Minister and the Government! - Τον Έλληνα Πρωθυπουργό και την Κυβέρνηση![/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| CHANGE, THE GREEK PARLIAMENT, ATHENS, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | ΑΛΛΑΓΉ, ΤΟ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΌ ΚΟΙΝΟΒΟΎΛΙΟ, ΑΘΉΝΑ, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| Greek elections in the past election years have been rather inconsistent, in turn having the terms of the Prime Minister and the leading political party having unequal terms, therefore unequal time to fulfill their given duties and tasks. Elections were held in 1948, 1950, and now 1952, with a consistent 2-year gap, however, they were held on irregular and uneven days. No elections were held from 1944 to 1948, with Prime Minister Emmanouil Tsouderos in control. The inconsistency in these elections, along with planned elections in the future has proven to be rather 'corrupt' and does not give enough time for the sitting Prime Minister and his party to fulfill the tasks given to them or the goals they set out to achieve. This inconsistency in election years and terms was a problem that current Prime Minister Konstantinos Tsaldaris set out to fix during his second term as Greek Prime Minister. With this in mind, a proposal was sent out by Tsaldaris himself to the Greek parliament in June 1951. The proposal centered around even election years, thus resulting in even, fair and consistent terms as the Prime Minister and the ruling party of Greece. |[/list]

[list]| The Prime Minister also included in his proposal to lengthen the overall term of the Prime Minister, which was seen as controversial, a method to give him a few more years in power. However, the Prime Minister stated that the proposal also stated that the standardized elections are to take place in 1952, the year where standard elections were to take place. The proposal contained, along with the points above, that the Prime Minister's term is extended to 4 years, with the winning Prime Minister being able to be in office for three consecutive terms should he win all three elections, the rule also applies to non-consecutive elections. This extension was designed to give the Prime Minister and his party enough time to achieve all of the party's goals, along with their duties in government. This was also to ensure equality and fairness between the terms. Despite the maximum time that can be achieved as Prime Minister now is 12 years, although unlikely, it was also built to ensure that one man did not have too much power, to retain and protect Greece's democratic status. The proposal was passed by the Greek Parliament and was put into effect on the 8th of July, 1951. The law is to officially see the effect on the 8th of July, 1952, during the next Greek elections. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]| TSALDARIS' END, ATHENS, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | ΤΕΛΟΣ TSALDARIS, ΑΘΗΝΑ, ΕΛΛΑΔΑ, ΝΟΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΑΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| Along with this however came the announcement of the end of an era. The current and rather controversial Greek Prime Minister, Konstantinos Tsaldaris, announced rather 'surprising news'. With it be due to pressure from the People's Party, the Government, or even his own will, Tsaldaris announced that he will not be running in the 1952 Greek election year, therefore announcing that he will soon be stepping down as the leader of the Greek People's Party. This came to mixed reactions all across Greece, but it was clear, the Prime Minister that reigned for 4 years by 1952, has come to an end. No news has been announced when he will resign, or even any signs of a prepared general election of the People's Party. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]"The new election year brings a new age of modernity, an age of change, an age of new leaders. With this in mind, I have decided that in the new and upcoming election, I will not be running and will not be representing the People's Party, therefore announcing my future resignation as its leader, and your Prime Minister. To the new leader of the party, to whomever it may be, I hope you shall lead the party with prosperity, and uphold its strength and principles in the 1952 elections. Thank you all."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Prime Minister, Konstantinos Tsaldaris[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Nonador, Rutannia, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Brazil Toucan

[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE

FRENCH BUREAUCRACY

MINISTÈRE DE L’INTÉRIEUR[/pre][/list]

______

MINISTRY OF THE INTERIOR: PARLIAMENTARY ELECTIONS BRING ABOUT UNCERTAINTY IN FRENCH POLITICS

[sub]IVTH FRENCH REPUBLIC | PARIS, JUNE 1951[/sub][/list]

[sub]| HELM OF LIBERTÉ, MINISTÈRE DE L’INTÉRIEUR - | Legislative elections were held in France on 17 June 1951 to elect the second National Assembly of the Fourth Republic. The three parties which took a major part in the French Resistance to the German occupation dominate the post war political scene and government: the French Communist Party (PCF), the French Section of the Workers' International (SFIO, socialist party) and the Christian democratic Popular Republican Movement (MRP). The forces associated with the Third Republic and the 1940 disaster (the Radical Party and the classical Right) were considered as archaic and were the losers of the post-war elections. Nevertheless, after the proclamation of the Fourth Republic, the 1947 strikes and the beginning of the Cold War, the Three-parties alliance split. In spring 1947, the Communist ministers were dismissed.[/sub]

[sub]At the same time, Charles de Gaulle, symbol of the Resistance, founded his Rally of the French People (RPF) which campaigned for constitutional reform and criticized the "parties' regime" as a rebirth of the defunct Third Republic. The Socialists and the Christian-Democrats allied with the Rally of the Republican Lefts, composed of the Radicals and the Democratic and Socialist Union of the Resistance, UDSR and right-wing groupings to form the Third Force. This coalition defended the regime against the opposition of the Communists on the one hand, and the Gaullists on the other, but this diverse alliance did not lead to a stable executive power. Indeed, its components advocated opposing policies on the economy, the finances of the state, secularism and denominational schools. This discontent would prove to be beneficial to the Communists and the Gaullists.[/sub]

[sub]In March 1951, Henri Queuille of the Radical Party became head of the cabinet. His Vice-Prime Ministers were Georges Bidault (MRP), Guy Mollet (SFIO) and René Pleven (UDSR). In order to limit the number of seats won by the Communists and the Gaullists, an electoral reform was passed. The proportional representation system was conserved but if an alliance of parties obtained more of 50% of votes in a given constituency, it would win all the seats. The promoters of the electoral reform knew the Communists and the Gaullists were too far at odds to form an alliance contrary to the parties of the Third Force. They hoped the alliance of the pro-government parties would reach the 50% threshold in a maximum of constituencies, whereas the PCF and the RPF would be eliminated of representation.[/sub]

[sub]Whilst the PCF and the RPF ended up being the two largest parties in terms of the popular vote, the Third Force remained the parliamentary majority. Due to the ballot system, the Communist Party, which won more votes than any other party, was only third in terms of the number of seats won. In the winning coalition, the SFIO and the MRP lost support whereas the Radicals and the classical Right made gains. However, due to continuing internal divisions about the denominational schools, the budget and the colonial question, the problem of the stability of the executive branch was not resolved. By August 1951, René Pleven would replaced Henri Queuille as Prime Minister and the Socialists would leave the cabinet. |[/sub]

[spoiler=Election Results][sub][list][*]French Section of the Workers' International (Section française de l'Internationale ouvrière) - SFIO | 2,894,001 votes | 15.39% | 107 seats

[*]National Centre of Independents and Peasants (Centre national des indépendants et paysans) - CNIP | 2,563,782 votes | 13.64% | 96 seats

[*]Popular Republican Movement (Mouvement républicain populaire) - MRP | 2,369,778 votes | 12.60% | 95 seats

[*]Rally of the Republican Lefts (Rassemblement des gauches républicaines) - RGR | 1,913,003 votes | 10.17% | 93 votes

TOTAL "Third Force" | 9,740,564 votes | 51.80% | 388 seats

[*]French Communist Party (Parti communiste français) - PCF | 4,939,380 votes | 26.27% | 103 seats

[*]Rally of the French People (Rassemblement du peuple français) - RPF | 4,122,696 votes | 21.93% | 121 seats

TOTAL Opposition Parties | 9,062,076 votes | 48.20% | 224 seats[/list][/sub][/spoiler]

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!

VIVE LA FRANCE!

VIVE L’EMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐂𝐎𝐋𝐎𝐍𝐈𝐀𝐋𝐈𝐒𝐌

𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Annyeong Korea

[list]January 1951 (1951 年1月)

[sub]Reigniting Japan’s Industries (日本の産業の再燃)[/sub][/list]

[pre]JAPAN’S INDUSTRIES BEGIN TO EXPAND DOMESTICALLY! PLANS FOR INTERNATIONAL SALES UNDERWAY![/pre]

[pre]日本の産業が国内に進出! 進行中の海外販売の計画![/pre]

MINISTRY OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE & INDUSTRY

[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon — MORNING[/sub]

[sub]The beginning of the 1950s gave Japan the opportunity to rebuild itself as a reformed nation — steering away from its traditional practices in favor of adopting more western ideas. Although the Japanese economy was beginning to recover slowly, many Japanese citizens still remained poor as resources and jobs on the island were scarce. The amount of American assistance into the Japanese market and economy prompted many companies, especially those specializing in technology and manufacturing, to slowly return to their pre-war levels. Both the United States government and Shigeru Yoshida both came to the conclusion that reindustrialization of Japan was vital to the stability of Japan (unlike China and Korea) and to ward off Soviet influence in Japan.[/sub]

[sub]As exports remained limited — the Ministry of International Trade and Industry began to look overseas for potential buyers of Japanese goods. Automobile companies such as Toyota Motor Corporation, Honda and others began domestic designs in hopes of selling Japanese cars and motorcycles to the average (middle class) Japanese worker (and therefore stray away from American licensed vehicles). As postwar reconstruction still continues within Japan, resources such as oil and petrol remain limited — with automobile industries looking for new and innovative solutions to curb the dependency on oil and fuel. Several manufacturers such as Tokyo Electro Automobile Co. began experimenting with electric-powered vehicles known as the TAMA, a small, four seater car popular within city centers. Able to do only 22 mph and a range of 40 miles, the TAMA would be marketed towards urban areas rather than rural areas. Other manufacturers began to draft up designs for a new class of car called the Keijidōsha (“light automobile/microcar) in hopes to attract low income families to purchase affordable vehicles (to replace motorcycles). Manufacturer Daihatsu would release the Daihatsu Bee, a three-wheeled micro car that will soon be available in the Japanese market.[/sub]

[sub]As the West Germans started to revive their automobile industry — Japan’s rebuilding efforts would also focus on rebuilding the automotive and heavy rail industries in hopes that products will appeal to foreign markets. As many foreign governments such as Iran, Saudi Arabia, Burma, Zaire and others have expressed interest in doing business with Japan, representatives from the Ministry of International Trade and Industry would be sent to review the market potential of these nations.[/sub]

[list]TAKAHASHI RIYŪTARŌ, 経済産業大臣: [sub]”Our hope is that within the next few years, our products will enter the global markets. Our efforts to bring back our industries should signal that we are ready to do business not only domestically, but internationally. I can guarantee you that our products are made with top quality, precision and to a high standard that our customers can expect. My hopes are that international clients look towards Japan for their products, whether it be for vehicles, rolling stock, toys or any other everyday products.”[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Islahh

Jersey Republic

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

North Omaha

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

-Brasil-

[/spoiler]

Rutannia, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Annyeong Korea, Brazil Toucan

[list] JUNE 1951

[sub]LA VIOLENCIA: ATAÚDES Y CARACAS[/sub][/list]

Caracas, Estado Miranda, Gran República de la Nueva Granada

[sub]La Violencia continues to poison Granada, violent guerillas wage low intensity war on each other and government forces in the countryside as Bogota clamps down on sectarian actions in the capital city’s streets. For almost three years since the Bogotazo guerilla activity has continued in the surrounding states of the district capital with limited activity near regional administrative areas such as Quito and Caracas. The liberal leaning eastern states and the conservative leaning western states were mostly free from the political terror and clashes faced in the politically diverse central states, coupled with the heightened military activity in and around the population centres due to the state of siege, the worst to be feared was heightened banditry in rural areas.[/sub]

[sub]Until recently the targeting of the Caracas citizenry for political gain was almost unheard of, let alone high ranking officials but June 13th an increasing air of uncertainty would end in tragedy. On the morning of Wednesday June 13th 1951 General Commander of the Military Forces Carlos Delgado Chalbaud would be kidnapped by mercenary Rafael Simón Urbina notable for his 1929 raid on Fort Amsterdam in Curaçao, his nephew and known communist guerilla Domingo Urbina and twenty additional conspirators.[/sub]

[sub]Lieutenant Colonel Chalbaud would be travelling in a government issued 1947 Cadillac Series 75 Fleetwood Imperial driven by Filipe Figueroa to Miraflores Palace in Caracas to meet with Army Section Chief East Oscar Mazzei Carta. He’d be accompanied by his aide-de-camp Navy Lieutenant Carlos Bacalao Lara and the motorcycle bound Lieutenant Eduardo Luis Aponte as escort. After crossing the Chapellín bridge Figueroa would be forced to slow the vehicle down behind a taxi driven by Carlos Mijares who pretended to be injured when approached by Aponte. At that moment four cars approached the group carrying around twenty men including the Urbinas. [/sub]

[sub]Urbina and several of his henchmen would violently remove Chalbaud and his companions from their vehicles, carrying Chalbaud to a black 1939 Packard Super Eight while others were tasked with disarming the other men, however events would go awry almost immediately. While entering the vehicle holding Chalbaud, gunman Pedro Antonio Díaz’s weapon would discharge into Rafael Urbina’s left leg, destroying his ankle. Believing that the assailants had just shot their superior, the initially cooperative officers would instead fire at the men sent to disarm them. Despite him offering Rafael a handkerchief to stop his bleeding nerves from the firefight outside would lead Domingo Urbina, Díaz and Mijares to fire upon and fatally wound Chalbaud at 9:30 AM.[/sub]

[sub]While his colleagues continued to use the confusion to kill or wound multiple of their mostly unarmed assailants Lieutenant Lara, suffering from seven gunshot wounds, would approach a nearby house, identify himself and ask the inhabitants to use their telephone to report the attack to Miraflores Palace. He spoke with Section Chief Oscar Mazzei Carta and informed him of the situation. The chase began immediately as national police and soldiers from the Fernando Rodríguez del Toro barracks behind the Miraflores building were dispatched to the Chapellín area. By their arrival the surviving attackers had scattered with the Urbinas switching vehicles and attempting to find a doctor. Lieutenant Lara and Lieutenant Colonel Chalbaud, the only casualties of their group, would be rushed to the military hospital at Fort Tiuna. Chalbaud would die at 11:00 PM the same day while his aide-de-camp would recover within weeks. [/sub]

[sub]With no luck finding a doctor and unlikely to make it to a general hospital in time the wounded Rafael and his Nephew would seek refuge in the Nicaraguan embassy before turning themselves over to the police at the end of the day. The Urbinas and the three men that accompanied would be the only survivors of their conspiracy as a manhunt would result in the deaths of the remaining attackers who managed to flee the scene on the same day. In total seventeen of the twenty-two attackers were killed during or after the initial firefight, the three that fled with the Urbinas were captured over the course of the week and the two Urbinas surrendered to authorities on the day of the plot. Rafael however wouldn’t live long, on the second day after his surrender he would be transferred to the care of the National Security Directorate (DSN) where he would be killed during a prison transfer in a likely “Ley de fugas”, an execution under the guise that he had tried to escape. The remaining four would be prosecuted, all receiving twenty year sentences to Guasina Island deep in the Orinoco Delta.[/sub]

[sub]During the interrogation of Rafael and the other survivors by the DSN it was concluded that he had plotted to kidnap Chalbaud in an attempt to regain assets stripped from him during the government of General Eleazar López Contreras, under which he was tried for illegal enrichment and embezzlement, successive governments including the Revolutionary Government lead by Chalbaud that overthrew president Contreras have refused to undo the punishment. He believed that President Gaitán would reinstate his assets if the plot had succeeded but was unclear of the actual nature of the assumption, whether Gaitán had actually ordered the kidnapping with the assets as payment or if he merely believed that the president would reinstate his assets as ransom payment. Regardless it was corroborated with the other parties present in the car at the time that Rafael’s only words after Chalbaud was brought to the car before shots were fired was “I want to speak to the president”. [/sub]

[sub]The DSN would first disclose the information gathered from their interrogations to Lieutenant Colonel Marcos Pérez Jiménez, former Chief of the Army Staff now acting General Commander of the Armed Forces. Jiménez, a close friend of Chalbaud and considered family through his marriage to Chalbaud’s cousin Flor María Chalbaud, would be heavily distraught by his colleague’s passing and a potential connection between his killers and the presidency he already privately opposed. Chalbaud had been the candidate for the military in the renewed elections in 1946 and 1949 and was the prospective candidate again for the future elections in 1953. Regardless of his involvement, Gaitán’s incumbent advantage in addition to the assassination of a rival candidate and the deteriorating health of the opposition conservative leader Laureano Gómez would likely lead to a near uncontested victory in the future.[/sub]

[sub]Pérez would advise the president to only attend the indoor and secure wake for the slain General Commander, convincing him that there was a credible security risk to the outdoor burial service. Chalbaud’s burial would bring together almost every military officer across the country, including General Rojas Pinilla newly promoted from Army Section Chief Centre to Chief of the Army Staff in Pérez’s place. Pérez would use this gathering to inform his trusted subordinates within the branches about the information withheld from the president, brewing contempt and suspicion towards the executive. By renewing fair elections and preventing violence against liberal voters during the 1946 election the armed forces had given Gaitán the power he holds and they can surely take it away if they feel slighted. [/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

The Former United States And The Enclave

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Velha Portuguesa

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Central Arstotzka, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Annyeong Korea, Brazil Toucan

Nonador wrote:[sub]Zwane would nod as he listened to the words of his counterpart.[/sub]

[list]ENGAMELI ZWANE, Prime Minister-UT; ”I can appreciate your candor in this matter.. but my greatest concern is that the young nations on this continent will become pawns in Europe’s geopolitical struggle. The focus of this ‘new’ Africa we strive to build, must be upon liberation, development, and soul searching, after spending so many years in the wilderness.. While the United Tribes is open to dialogue and equal partnerships with all nations, our desire to be neutral must be accepted and respected. Africa can be a friend to all who desire friendship, but we should not be used as proxies in this new game among the great powers.”

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "I couldn't agree with you more Mr. Zwane, and I hope you don't misinterpret my reason for being here. All I desire is friendship and your certainty that the GDR stands for the right to self-determination of all peoples."

[sub]| The opportunity to raise the question of socialism in Africa did not present itself. But in Marxist terms, self-determination and proletarian revolution were synonymous. Ulbricht was under no illusions that his interlocutor was courting the West, and despite his sincerity towards Mr. Zwane, there was no getting around the fact that Africa would be the site of proxy battles. Neutrality was quickly becoming an empty word, and perhaps Mr. Zwane already knew what side the United Tribes were on. |[/sub]

Ping: Nonador

Nonador, Central Arstotzka, Otsla, Ranponian, Brazil Toucan

THE CHITIMUKULU ALLOWS SOME LAYMEN INTO HIS CIRCLE: THE INTRODUCTION OF THE [I]BASHIKA[/I]

[list][sup]TO PERMEATE THE PEOPLE

BEMBALAND—JULY 1951[/sup][/list]

With the dry season in full effect, Chiyamafwa II—the Chitimukulu, or paramount chief, of all Bembaland—took July to summon the most esteemed insaka instructors in all LuBemba to Kasama for a conference of teachers. There, he reinforced his aims for a pan-Bemba curriculum promoting the Bemba identity against the torrential forces of the outside world. The conference did not conclude without an important yet controversial addendum, however—that Chilyamafwa was seeking official recommendations, including a personal statement from a village headman, for talented men and women to serve with him in advisory roles. Chilyamafwa declared that in accordance with the divine law of Lesa, no discrimination was to be made by gender. He sought his people in equal measure, he claimed, to establish the Bemba equivalent to Western governmental ministries: fintamba (“boards”), singular chintamba, which would be headed by bashika (“managers”), singular mushika. His education at the hands of missionaries had strenuously insisted that talent came from everywhere: that all were of equal merit. Thus, to the ire of the clan-chiefs, he felt it needed to create a government of commoners to help spread the reach of his work.

The Prime Mushika, head of all of the Bashika and the most personally close to the Chitimukulu, was 37-year-old labor manager Chola Katilungu of Luwinga, the Mushika of Labor who had already responsible for arranging Bemba labor in Azanian construction projects. Baptized as ‘Lawrence’ but now known by his Bemba name Chola, Katilungu had been a missionary teacher for most of his early life, rejecting the recruiting calls of copper miners to keep up his passion for education. He had become involved in labor management after a shift in his career to employment counseling in Kasama, and he had since become a leading advocate for workers and a highly popular figure among the common-folk of Kasama. His place at the Chitimukulu’s side was thus a sign of a unique fusion of common and royal: a maneuver that would diminish some noble respect for the paramount chief (who traditionally governed with hereditary advisors called bakabilo) but which Chilyamafwa interpreted as explicitly necessary to allow his rule to truly permeate the people.

Nonador, Virnall, Central Arstotzka, Nosautempopulus, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Annyeong Korea, Brazil Toucan

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1795250

[sub]1950s dispatch![/sub]

[sub]I love Amsterwald's Summary sentences! Thanks :doge:[/sub]

Virnall, Central Arstotzka, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Annyeong Korea

[list][list]July 1951

[sub]The July Revolution - PART 1[/sub][/list]

KHEDIVE ISMAIL SQUARE, CAIRO, (Kotakuan Ii) — MORNING

| In July, Small and non-violent protests erupted in a disorganised manner across Cairo in response to Iranian actions within Khuzestan against the Arab population. Protests also similarly took place in major Egyptian cities such as Alexandria & Tripoli. The protests were largely towards the Iranian Shah and his actions towards Khuzestan Arabs, but also toward the Egyptian government's lack of action and response to the blatant violation of human rights in Khuzestan … including political and ethnic persecution. Throughout the entire crisis, King Farouk still had not yet announced an Egyptian response. The pressure had mounted on the 31-year-old King to rebut the Iranian government's actions robustly, but there was no such undertaking. It appeared as if the Egyptian King was afraid to go against the Iranian government, perhaps in an attempt to prevent the loss of crucial western allies in the United States, United Kingdom and France, who were now fully backing the Iranian terror machine. Amid this political crisis, Free Officer Cells sought to instigate riots & violent conflict within the largely peaceful protests in July. In small parts, there were limited successes, with the occasional riot. However, it was not the Free Officers who lit the match which would ultimately bring down the Egyptian monarchy. It was Farouk himself … |

| On the 19th of July, several dozen Free Officer Movement cells initiated a riot in Khedive Ismail Square on the command of Gamal Nasser. Whilst the riot attracted a couple of hundred protestors, it was the extremely heavy-handed approach of the police and His Majesty’s Government which elicited a response that no one could have predicted. Police were ordered to stand their ground in Khedive Ismail Square, leaving roughly 100 yards between themselves and the approaching protestors. Farouk’s policy of ‘standing their ground’ was misinterpreted by police officers and His Majesty’s Royal Guard, who took the meaning to the literal interpretation and began firing on the rioters who were now some 5-10 yards away from the police. This heavy-handedness by the Egyptian police escalated on par with the Egyptian Revolution of 1919. Protests began to actively use violence against Cairo police officers & the royal guard, and even more strikingly, some police officers themselves refused to fire upon protestors and joined the rioting side in defiance against the orders of Farouk. |

| In this massive crisis, King Farouk declared martial law and dismissed his government. No more than three days later, the riots were not isolated to Cairo but the entirety of Egypt and Libya, including Alexandria and Tripoli. At 7:30 AM, on the 23rd of July 1951, a broadcasting station issued the first communiqué of the coup d'état in the name of General Mohammed Naguib to the Egyptian people. It attempted to justify the coup, also known as the "Blessed Movement". Less than a hundred officers conducted the coup – almost all drawn from junior ranks — and prompted scenes of celebration in the streets by cheering mobs. With his British support network neutralised, primarily because of the revolting Police Officers and Army, King Farouk sought the intervention of the United States … which was unresponsive. By the 26th, the army had occupied Alexandria, where the King was in residence at the Montaza Palace. Terrified, Farouk abandoned Montaza and fled to Ras Al-Teen Palace on the waterfront. Naguib ordered the captain of Farouk's yacht, al-Mahrusa, not to sail without orders from the army. Debate broke out among the Free Officers concerning the fate of the deposed king. While some, including General Naguib and Lieutenant Colonel Nasser, thought the best course of action was to send him into exile, others argued that he should be put on trial or executed. Of course, execution would entirely rid Egypt of the problem of the monarchy ... Still, it would make the incoming Free Officers Movement look extremely heavy-handed, which was an image they wished to prevent. Exile would ultimately be the most civil and humane option; the monarchy would not disappear overnight in Egypt, therefore keeping stability was key. Farouk's son would technically take over the throne for a limited period in any abdication event. The consensus among the Free Officers is that exile was the correct option, with the odd one or two Free Officers (including Sadat) believing that Farouk should be executed. Only a week after the Ismail Square protest, Farouk found himself on a vessel toward Greece protected by the Egyptian Navy ... a new era of Egypt had begun. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Virnall, Central Arstotzka, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Ubertica, Annyeong Korea, Greater Kurdistane, Brazil Toucan

[list][pre]July, 1951 | Barlaman Avenue, Khartoum, Khartoum Province, The Commonwealth Of Sudan[/pre]

THE MINISTRY OF TRADE AND COMMERCE[/list]

Compared to the rest of the world, Sudan had not suffered the full brunt of the Great Depression that had decimated the global economy and standards of living some two decades earlier. The economic crisis of the 30s had greatly impoverished the population of many countries and stretched the powers and resources of their governments.

It had only taken the dread of war and human calamity to uplift the planet of this depression, followed by a recent and brief period of peace and stability allowing for the economic growth nations needed to prosper. Sudan being amongst those newly independent nations was now set on a mission to also establish economic independence from the days of the Empire.

With this in mind, Prime Minister Khalil sought the establishment of a financial institution within the Prime Minister’s cabinet that would oversee and mostly observe Sudan’s financial dealings and economic development amongst the private and public sectors of the national industry. This institution would be known as the Ministry of Trade and Commerce ( MTC) which would be formed with Parliament’s passing of the Economic Development Act as drafted by the coalition government headed by the Khalil Administration.

Following a unanimous decision by the five-chair parliamentary committee, the Khalil administration would be approved in appointing Idris Yayat to the position of Sudan’s official Minister of Trade and Commerce. Minister Yayat’s first task in office would be to oversee and aid the smooth transition of privatizing and subsidizing important sectors of the economy that would allow for development, innovation, trade, and competition in the nation. Ensure the stability and financial integrity of economic institutions.

In addition to the economic development and reform plans reviewed by Minister Yayat and the Khalil Administration, several economic and financial advisors from Great Britain had been welcomed to Sudan to help the government with their economic plan, to which the Khalil Administration has leveled as the five-year economic revitalization plan, which would become a great talking point for his re-election bid in the 1952 Parliamentary Elections. Trade Minister Idris Yayat and Foreign Secretary Hosni Sayed have also announced a coordination plan between the two executive agencies to work towards acquiring more international trade agreements and partnerships with fellow economic houses, to promote Sudanese economic and diplomatic standing within the international community.

[list]GOD SAVE THE KING!

AL-NASRU LENA!

AL-NASRU LE SUDAN![/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Virnall, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Annyeong Korea, Brazil Toucan

[list][sup]Commonwealth of Australia / Gemenebest van Australië

[/sup]

NIEUW HOLLAND NATIONALISM WANES

[sub]Commonwealth of Australia | Postwar Period

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

“AUSTRALIA NOW SPANS . . . AUSTRALIA!”

With prosperity in the postwar enduring, so was optimism for a united Australian identity. During a New Year's speech in 1950, the traditionally well-spoken Prime Minister fumbled his words when expressing his hopeful outlook for the future of the country:[/sub]

[sub]》ROBERT MENZIES, The Prime Minister 一 “. . . I have a great sense of hope for our country. From Sydney to Lustenn, Australia now spans . . . Australia! Um, look, the Australian national identity is strong in all parts of the country, from Lustenn to Sydney. We are a country.”[/sub]

[sub]Though klutzy, the Prime Minister's words were embraced by many, particularly among returning servicemen and their families from the Second World World War, who possessed a strong sense of patriotism. Indeed, the words did reflect a trend in postwar Australia. In Sydney, the usual fuss that New South Wales held an unfair burden of the financial responsibility for the country had been silenced by VP Day parades and the state's robust postwar economy. Even in Lustenn, the city that voted to exit the federation in the 1930s, pride for the country was overt. The Blue and Red Ensigns had been embraced across the bilingual city, hanging outside shop windows, hoisted on many of the city's bridges, and even displayed at private residences. Legal proof of the country's growing nationhood also lied in the adoption of the Statute of Westminster. As the Prime Minister had claimed, it was clear that the once reluctant federation had developed a legitimate national sense of pride in the postwar period. [/sub]

[sub]

“I FEAR OUR CULTURE IS BEING ERASED IN DELUSION.”

While the uniting force of Australian patriotism had begun to validate the federation that for half a century had felt like an experiment, it was undoubtedly subduing a force that had existed far longer一Nieuw Holland nationalism. For the proletariats of Nieuw Holland society, the term simply referred to the preservation of culture and traditions, such as the Nieuw Holland dialect of Dutch. For the vast rank and file, it was a more consequential term, promoting the staunch expression of Nieuw Holland's cultural, political, and economic values. It was the middle class that had pioneered the state's development in these same realms. The most affluent elites of Nieuw Holland, known as Emus¹, viewed the term more literally, using their wealth to influence Nieuw Hollander ideas towards greater autonomy and even independence. It was this class that had initially spearheaded the rise of the Nieuw Hollanders Party², though eventually the party caved to the more pragmatic ideas of the Nieuw Holland's middle class. [/sub]

[sub]Though defiant nationalism in the states of Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt (now commonly shortened to the English-friendly “Witsland” on official documents) had been on the downswing since the end of the Nieuw Holland Troubles³ and the early Federation period, the end of the Second World War seemed like the final nail in the coffin. During wartime, the Commonwealth's government had passed a series of “codes” regarding the regulation of language in Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt. Sold as an effort to 'bolster the country's wartime unity', these codes had in reality limited the use of Nieuw Hollander Dutch in government operation and business sectors, in favor of English. These codes and other restrictive wartime measures like them had endured into the Postwar, and were only validated once more by the recent rise in anti-communist fearmongering. Along with the rush of postwar pride across the country, these factors had seriously crushed the the political movement of Nieuw Holland nationalism. Even as these political institutions had experienced a resurgence in the 1930s in the face of external pressures to homogenize, the postwar trend of Nieuw Holland cultural values losing their distinction had severely damaged support for these same institutions一so much so that in 1951, the wartime and middle class hero of Nieuw Holland, Peter Dannenberg, was voted out of office.[/sub]

[sub]》PREMIER PETER W. DANNENBERG, Staat van Nieuw Holland 一 “I retire this post in sorrow. I fear our culture is being erased in delusion. Our success in defending ourselves against fascism has blinded us to the last hundred years of cultural repression here in our own home. Our culture is being erased, and we are willingly allowing it to happen. Shopowners across our state have been instructed by the Commonwealth to replace their native language signs with English signs. Our books are to be printed in English, or not at all. We've been told that our social values appeal to socialism, and reject western civilization . . .”[/sub]

[sub]The words of the outgoing premier struck some hard, but for most, it fell on deaf ears. Dannenberg was right. For the majority of postwar Nieuw Hollanders riding a wave of victory, patriotism, and excessive prosperity, concern over these ideas seemed counterproductive to the unstoppable forward march of the country. The times were changing, but for the better it seemed. Nieuw Holland nationalism was perhaps yet another casualty of the war. Only time will tell.[/sub]

[sub]

“BE WARY OF THEIR MONEY.”

As the elite class of Nieuw Holland nationalists lost most semblances of political power, they began to retreat into the prosperous postwar economic world. Quietly, they invested in the postwar boom, launching companies that appealed to the broader country, purchasing property outside and within Nieuw Holland, and financing and investing in projects and gambles throughout Australia. Those in the rest of the country were not blind to these maneuvers, however, as suspicion of wealthy Nieuw Hollanders had long been entrenched among Anglo Australians. Particular instances frightened the Anglo Australian establishment, including the construction of a 30 metre building in the heart of Sydney by a Nieuw Holland telecommunications company, and the attempted acquisition of a majority of speculated gold and coal rich sites in the Papua and New Guinea territories by a cooperative of Nieuw Holland mining magnates. [/sub]

[sub] [/sub][list][sub]

[/sub]

[sup]. . . . .

The Southern Compass

Monday, 12 December, 1949

一一一一一一一一一一

THE DUTCH PLOT

一一一一一一一一一一

BOUGAINVILLE, Sunday - A large

cooperative of Nieuw Holland mining

magnates, including four of the

wealthiest Emus, have cooperated in

an illicit plot to gain majority rights

to resource extraction on the island

and other locations in the Territory.

A report by the Administrator's

office in Port Moresby indicate vast

reserves of gold and copper could

exist across the northern reaches of

the island, where charters have been

issued to the Nieuw Holland Emus.[/sup]

[sup]. . . . .

[/sup][/list]

[sub]Such extensive actions by the Nieuw Holland elite demonstrated a new trend, the integration of Nieuw Holland's most influential class with the broader country. No longer was this class tied purely to the loyalties of its state, instead they had attached themselves to a larger cause. While undoubtedly still harboring loyalties to the ideals of Nieuw Holland nationalism, this evolving class now depended on the prosperity and success of the country as a whole to sustain their own.

[/sub]

[sub] [/sub][list][sub]

[/sub]

[sup]. . . . .

[/sup][/list]

[sub]

1. Emus | A derogatory term used by Anglo Australians to denote the wealthiest class of influential Nieuw Hollanders, who often obtained their wealth from the vast natural resources of the states of Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt. The term is derived from the the 1920s, when a team of wealthy mining magnates in the outback of Nieuw Holland failed to prevent a vast infestation of Emus from overrunning worksites (the event later necessitated the recruitment of a hundred Sudanese laborers to successfully end the infestation, a vast source of pride for the fledgling Sudanese "nation")[/sub]

[sub]2. Nieuw Hollanders Party | First established in 1905 as a federal political party, the initial goals of the Nieuw Hollanders Party were to uphold state rights, mostly in relation to Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt. Despite having received strong criticism for being a Nieuw Hollander "ethno-nationalist" political organization, the party has fought to denounce such claims, firmly declaring itself a "pro-Australia" and "pro-continental" party. The party has received support from British Australians within Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt, and even others outside those states. The party's electoral popularity in Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt significantly diminished following the increased sense of an Australian national identity after the Great War, but experienced a resurgence in the late 1920's as the party adopted a wider array of policy positions, largely of the fiscally-conservative and socially-progressive view. This popularity would eventually come to a close after the Second World War.[/sub]

[sub]3. The Nieuw Holland Troubles | A series of long lasting civil conflicts in Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt with ethnic, linguistic, and nationalist overtones, primarily during the period of 1878一1905, with particular spikes of violence in 1878一1882, 1898一1899, and 1905. While short of civil war, the period was often defined by at times violent marches, riots, and boycotts, and its later stages, street fighting between ethnically Dutch and Anglo Australians, largely protesting the subjugation and settlement of Nieuw Holland and Wit's Landt by the British.

[/sub]

[/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Virnall, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Annyeong Korea, Brazil Toucan

[list][list]The Kingdom of Greece, An Impressive Show of Greek Force : The Greek Armed Forces Conduct Military Exercises, Greek Military Might Displayed!, July - August 1951

Το Βασίλειο της Ελλάδος, Εντυπωσιακή επίδειξη της ελληνικής δύναμης : Οι ελληνικές Ένοπλες Δυνάμεις διεξάγουν στρατιωτικές ασκήσεις, Ελληνικός Στρατός!, Ιούλιος - Αύγουστος 1951[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands and Amsterwald - The Greek and Slovenian Armed Forces! - Οι ελληνικές και σλοβενικές ένοπλες δυνάμεις![/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| THE GREEK ARMED FORCES, GREECE, SOUTHERN BALKANS: | ΟΙ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΈΣ ΈΝΟΠΛΕΣ ΔΥΝΆΜΕΙΣ, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ, ΝΌΤΙΑ ΒΑΛΚΆΝΙΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| Following Greek Ascension into NATO in January 1951, followed by Greece obtaining jet fighters from the Slovenian Republic (Amsterwald), it is safe to say that Greece was now properly armed and protected should any threats emerge from the outside, or even from the inside. Whether it be on the land, the sea, or the air, Greece's Armed Forces, primarily comprised of the Greek Land Forces, the Greek Navy, and the Greek Air Force, protect Greece 24/7 and train hard to ensure Greece's safety. The Armed Forces comprised by July 1951, 380,000 men, 100,000 active troops, and 280,000 troops in training or reserve. Following the protection of Greeks in Epirus, the border of Greece spans 918 km (570 miles), bordering two countries to the north, the Socialist People's Republic of Yugoslavia, and the People's Republic of Bulgaria. To the east, lays a 192 km (119 miles) border with the Republic of Turkey, a nation with which Greece shares mutual neutral relations. All units and deployments of the Greek Armed Forces play the role of protecting these borders, along with maintaining Greece's territorial integrity. |[/list]

[list]| As with every army of any nation, the armed forces have to remain vigilant, sharp, and prepared to face any threat. In Greece's eyes, this comes through exercises and training. General small-scale biannual local exercises were performed by divisions, rarely by independent brigades. In response to the reorganization of the Yugoslavian army, Greece had to do something as well. This response, while not being the primary reason for this, was in the form of Operation Sparta, a large-scale land, air, and naval exercise to last one month. The exercises would be carried out by both the Greek and Slovenian Armed Forces, yet another show of the indomitable alliance between the two nations. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]"These future military exercises will test our troops with tough training and relentless exercise. Our military cooperation with the Slovenians is also seen here, with a few thousand Slovenians being present along with their fleet which Greece aided in constructing. These exercises will put the capacity and capability of the armed forces to the test, and find their weaknesses, strengths, and the in-betweens."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Defense Minister, Panagiotis Spiliotopoulos[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]| OPERATION SPARTA, GREECE - AEGEAN AND MEDITERRANEAN SEA: | ΕΠΙΧΕΊΡΗΣΗ SPARTA, ΕΛΛΆΔΑ - ΑΙΓΑΊΟ ΚΑΙ ΜΕΣΟΓΕΙΑΚΉ ΘΆΛΑΣΣΑ: |[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]| Despite being in the North Atlantic Treaty Alliance (NATO), Greece still had a relatively strong force that consisted of the Greek Army, Navy, and Air Force. Some speculation was expected by Greece that NATO would perhaps react in a way to the protection of Greeks in Epirus in a way that would not come to the advantage of Greece. With the paranoia at an all-time high, Greece had to ensure that its armed forces were in tip-top shape should the worst-case scenario happen. NATO in Greece's situation was nonetheless important and is a key benefactor in the protection of the Kingdom. |[/list]

[list]| On the 30th of July, 1951, Operation Sparta was put into effect.|[/list]

[list] - Naval Exercises started with Greece, her naval force comprised of the battlecruisers RHNS Crete and Salamis, followed by the battleships Athena and Aetos. The 'light force' was comprised of the cruiser Elli, and seven destroyers. For Slovenia, their force comprised of the Vrtnica-class corvettes, the flagship of the navy the Prešeren destroyer, Černibog and Rugevit, two Orjen-class torpedo boats, and the Ljubljana and Trst destroyers. The armada trained off the coast of Crete, along with performing exercises off the Dodecanese Islands. A few notable highlights from the naval exercise were the sinking of the Perses Coastal Defense Ship as a target, along with several other smaller vessels which were too old for use, a mighty gun salute, and the glorious scene of the fleet moored off the Salamis Naval Base. Naval Exercises ended on the 14th of July, 1951. [/list]

[list] - Land Exercises started on the 12th of July, 1951. Greece would field the 1st Mechanized Infantry Division, along with the 3rd Tank Brigade, comprising 18,000 men. Slovenia would field four battalions of the 1st Brigade, totaling 4,500 troops. Exercises were conducted in Crete, along with exercises in the Pindus Mountains, testing mountain capabilities. Exercises were ended by a triumphant military parade in Athens, attended by HRH King Pavlos I of Greece himself. Land Exercises would end on the 27th of July, 1951. [/list]

[list] - Air Exercises started on the 19th of July, 1951. Greece would field the latest units of the Slovenian Č7 Firewasp fighter plane, totaling 5 units. Greece would also field 100 Supermarine Spitfire fighter planes, along with several dozen other bombers and transport planes of various origins. Slovenia would field their Č7 Firewasps as well but in much larger quantities. Exercises were conducted from the Sedes Air Base in Thessaloniki, the Tatoi Air Base in Athens, and the Rhodes Air Base in Rhodes. Air Exercises would end on the 30th of July, 1951. [/list]

[list]| All exercises ended on the 30th of July, 1951, and Operation Sparta was a success. Greece's full military might was shown to the world. The operation showed the strengths and problems of both armies, particularly in Greece’s case with uneven, overstretched divisions. These problems were brought up to the high command and will be resolved by the end of the year. |[/list]

[list][list][pre]"The Greek Armed Forces are to have constant improvements in the coming year, and continue to serve and protect the Kingdom of Greece and her allies."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]- Greek Prime Minister, Konstantinos Tsaldaris[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Virnall, Central Arstotzka, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Annyeong Korea, Brazil Toucan, Quisqueyas

[list]July 1951

[sub]Industrial Development I[/sub][/list]

[pre]T H E O V E R S E A S K E Y[/pre]

[list][sub][pre]Starting 1950, with the turn of the new decade, the West

German Government began expanding its trade partnerships and strengthening

its promising export market. In 1951, the Adenauer Government sought to

increase export growth to 55% annually, at minimum. Already, projections

showed that export and import levels were expected to level out sometime

this year, or at the very most early in '52.[/pre][/sub][/list]

OFFICE OF THE FEDERAL MINISTRY FOR ECONOMICS, SIMROCKSTRABE, BONN, New Provenance

[sub]THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY[/sub]

| By the 1950s, with Marshall Plan funding flowing in and the reconstruction of Germany's industrial capacity already moving swimmingly, the eyes of the kingmakers in the German economic revival turned swiftly onto the import/export market. Like many other recovering postwar economies, the Federal Republic was importing anywhere between 10-25% more than it was exporting in December of 1949. Of course, this indicated a substantial trade deficit that needed to be swiftly tackled to allow for the best path forward for German economic growth. Minister for Economics, HERR LUDWING ERHARD, spearheaded this effort, leading the parliamentary charge to pass government legislation financing millions towards reviving Germany's strong industrial potential and paving the way towards forming a powerful, robust German export market. Capitalizing especially on steelworks, automobiles and rail and related infrastructure, Erhard was key in providing millions in investments, subsidies, etc. for German companies and businesses that he saw would be the backbone of a German economic surge in the 1950s. |

[list][sub]| LUDWIG ERHARD, Federal Minister for Economics |[/sub] "The German market economy will not fly high into the skies and the heavens unless we give it a push. In this case, that push comes to us in the form of monetary subsidies and incentives to develop innovation and sustainable market progress in the country."[/list]

| Furthermore, the Federal Government would continue keeping the subsidies and investments into German companies, from the likes of Volkswagen to Deutsche Bahn to Blohm and Voss, to encourage their continued growth and potential expansion into foreign markets to which they could potentially export in the millions. This program would also be adapted to encourage economic growth at home, with Volkswagen company providing low-cost, durable and robust family vehicles for West Germans who needed a vehicle that they could purchase quickly. The industrialization of Germany saw benefits being reaped almost immediately, with Federal investments into companies seeing returns in the form of economic activity stimulated by German men and women making more purchases than ever in the postwar period, thanks to the stabilization of job markets and the creation of new jobs for the unemployed through the aforementioned Federal investments. |

| Understanding that strengthening the GERMAN EXPORT MARKET would be crucial in furthering the goal of growing the Federal Republic's economy and uplifting overall national public livelihood, Erhard endeavored to communicate closely with the Ministry for Foreign Affairs - headed by Bundeskanzler Konrad Adenauer, who doubled as Minister for Foreign Affairs - and the newly established FEDERAL COMMISSION FOR TRADE (Eidgenössische Kommission für das Gewerbe), formed to oversee and manage German foreign trade until the establishment of offices for trade could be undertaken within the Foreign Ministry and the Economics Ministry, to further these efforts. A diplomatic campaign would be launched to encourage countries to purchase goods and import all types of items from Germany; in the light of the Korean War and consequential supply chain issues, Germany was rising to become a key candidate as an exporter of wholesale goods that the world was particularly interested in. This fact was helped along greatly by Germany's already fairly-established industrial complex, which allowed for rapid production of exportable goods, with limited need to develop infrastructure and other prerequisites for a strong export partner. |

| Already, the first steps towards such were already being taken, with agreements being reached with the Saudi government to allow for German companies - Deutsche Bahn AG among them - to invest strongly into Saudi infrastructure and other areas, in exchange for Germany being provided with a source of oil. However, despite the diplomatic success achieved with Riyadh, the Bonn government maintained that it remained open to forming new trade-based mutually beneficial partnerships with other nations, looking especially towards Scandinavia, Japan, the United Kingdom, Italy, Spain and Greece in the Western postwar world. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Virnall, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Quisqueyas

[list][list][pre]Bratislava, Slovakia, ČSSR

AUGUST, 1951 - POLITICAL PURGES BEGIN IN CZECHOSLOVAKIA[/pre][pre]V ČESKOSLOVENSKU ZAČÍNAJÍ POLITICKÉ ČISTKY[/pre]________________________________________________[/list][/list]

| The new leftist regime in Czechoslovakia has now been in power for over a year, stabilizing and cementing its rule. The implementation of its policies, its political structure, and new economic makeup has been a daunting task for the new government. But, mimicking its new primary ally the Soviet Union, Czechoslovakia's current evolution has been thus far successful. Though, not without 'breaking some eggs' as new President Klement Gottwald has said. Multiple obstacles within various sects of the nation have proven to be substantial issues for the communist government, primarily including personal resistance to the new regime; not all within government and civil service see the new, all-encompassing communist party as the economic savior they claim to be. A consolidation of power was needed before necessary purges could take place to solidify the stability of the nation. This thought process of the Central Committee of the National Front, the political 'coalition' the KSČ used for control of all political and social activity, was reinforced by the recent waves of emigration from the nation. Thousands of Czechoslovaks have supposedly fled for fear of their lives under the regime. |

| Although in theory, Czechoslovakia remained a multi-party state, in reality, the Communists had complete control of the country. Political participation became subject to KSČ approval, and the KSČ also prescribed percentage representation for non-Marxist parties in the legislature. The National Assembly, purged of dissidents, became merely a public debate ground for KSČ programs and policies that came through it. The newly-ordered partial-militarization of Czechoslovakia's Western borders with 3,000 new troops, and the implementation of a mandatory emigration processing system, were all quickly passed through the National Assembly. Additionally, for greater governmental centralization and political control, a senate-like council called the Presidium has been drafted up for creation within the National Assembly. |

| On August 10, the Law on the Protection of the People's Democratic Republic was announced into effect by decree from the Executive Cabinet, without opposition from the Ministries. It was a special criminal law that contained the essence of crimes against the state , which term was, however, widely interpreted and was used (especially in the provision on the subversion of the people's democratic establishment) to suppress dissident, democratic and cultural activities that, according to the contemporary interpretation, were not in accordance with the interests of the leading role of the party and the communist regime. Though not 'abused' outside of political participation, it continues to be utilized by the KSČ to accuse their opponents of "conspiracy against the people's democratic order" and "high treason" in order to oust them from positions of power. Many Communists with an "international" background, i.e., those with a wartime connection with the West, and Slovak "bourgeois nationalists", have begun to be targeted in recent political purges. Uniquely to Czechoslovakia, though, 0 of any of these purges or oustings have been deadly, keeping social disapproval of the political moves down in the public eye. |

[list][sub]"The actions of our government and our political coalition are not those out of harm or persecution, but of necessity and duty to the new state. When there is mass action by the Dictatorship of the Proletariat, there will be resistance from what is left of the previous capitalist stage of evolution to our socialism. We shall stabilize our government, together, and thus stabilize Czechoslovakia's future!"

— President of Czechoslovakia Klement Gottwald, televised, speaking to the Executive Cabinet in October. By this year, Gottwald's health has deteriorated and he is currently suffering from heart disease in addition to alcoholism. His public appearances continue to lessen.[/sub][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Virnall, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan

Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Cambodiia, Brazil Toucan

THE FATE OF HOXHA

August 9th 1951

Having been imprisoned for many months now, it was finally time to carry out the punishment against Enver Hoxha, former strongman of Albania. Since his imprisonment there had been a recorded court proceeding which was mostly staged, with Hoxha's reluctant cooperation due to a secretive promise to punish him with house arrest. During the Trial over 2,500 influential supporters or Followers of Hoxha were additionally arrested and put on separate trials in which all were sentenced to death, with Hoxha being left in the dark. Today on August 9th his Trial finally came to an end as a Jury of 30 loyal Albanian Communists, handpicked by the State Security Administration sentenced Hoxha to death, a sentence which caused the former Dictator to let out multiple shouts of protest claiming he had "made deals". There was to be however, no deals with a traitor to the Communist cause. Being accused of misleading the Albanian People, ordering the execution of over 30,000 Albanians, perverting the Communist cause and finally plotting to sell Albania's Territory to the West he was sentenced to death for Treason against the State and therefore betraying the Communist future.

In fact the final end of the former Dictator was left with no dignity whatsoever, while trying to break free of guards dragging him to the Execution yard where he was to face a firing squad he bit and scratched and shouted in terror before an SSA Officer shot him in the head with his pistol. For a man ordering executions and dictating the lives of over a million Albanians only a year prior, to die in a pool of his own fluids having been betrayed by his own collaborating countrymen was a stark contrast. While there would remain Hoxhaists in Albania they would need to find a new symbol to gather around to support, as the very leader of their movement was in a moment liquidated. His body, to prevent any sort of martyrs shrine was cremated and scattered into the Adriatic Sea.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Virnall, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan

| NIGOYE ARRESTED ON THE BASIS OF POLITICAL CORRUPTION |

[sub]12th of July, 1951[/sub]

| The ex-Head of the Finest Assembly, who ruled alongside Gloria Banza from 1940 till 1951, has been arrested this morning on charges of multiple corruption deals with many businessmen and statesmen of the country between the years of 1943 and 1948. Mr Nigoye has been arrested but was later bailed out by his wife. The court, for now, has placed Mr Nigoye under provisional house arrest with complete blockage of him leaving the country and the capital city.

The current Head of the Finest Assembly, Marie Izuru, stated that she is shocked by the current situation and will do all that she can to make sure that a fair trial will take place with all the evidence being checked. Mrs Izuru stated that she will not hold judgement on whether Mr Nigoye has or has not found himself under the spell of corruption, and the Zairean courts will have to make that judgement. The news have sent shockwaves throughout the country, with the Communist Movement demanding that the current party in charge leaves and calls for a new election. Mr Nigoye is being accused, from unofficial information for stealing around $1.2 Million in cash and transferring the money into the pockets of statesmen and businessmen in return for political support. Interestingly, the First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza, who is currently touring the new provinces of Zaire has not given a comment, finding it hard to judge her closest political companion. The case has only started and we will inform as we go along. |

| NIGOYE'S HOUSE |

The dawn of the day, the mansion of Fabian Nigoye stands still in the waking of the city. Suddenly, three police cars arrive and from it emerge a swat of police officers all heading towards Nigoye's door. After a few knocks, the door is opened by one of the maids, who pushed aside finds herself inadequate to react in time. The officers barge through, finding Nigoye and his wife, ELINOR eating breakfast. Fabian is grabbed harshly by the policemen before being pressed onto the floor with Elinor jumping up in a scream. |

[list][ ELINOR ]: "What do you think you are doing?!"[/list]

[list][ FABIAN ]: "How dare you!"[/list]

| Suddenly, from behind the swarms of the police emerge Marie Izuru, with a cigarette in her mouth. She comes through and gestures the officers to lift Fabian up. The police move Elinor away to the kitchen along with the maid as Fabian is seated in front of Marie who puts her cigarette out and takes a seat in front of Fabian. |

[list][ FABIAN ]: "Are you behind this?!"[/list]

[list][ MARIE ]: "Corruption is a very ugly thing. A thing that this country cannot allow."[/list]

[list][ FABIAN ]: "Corruption?! What are you talking about!"[/list]

[list][ MARIE ]: "Documents and informers were found about your corruption practices, Fabian. It's a shame really, as I did hold you up to a higher standard."[/list]

[list][ FABIAN ]: "That's impossible. I've never made myself corrupted in any means! Now tell them to let me go."[/list]

[list][ MARIE ]: "How can I order around an independent institution, and stop them from doing their duty to the public?"[/list]

[list][ FABIAN ]: "You wicked little woman!"[/list]

| Marie sits up straight and breathing in slowly she leans in towards Fabian before looking deep into his eyes. |

[list][ MARIE ]: "I warned you Fabian. You'll be gone from politics of this country for good. So you will."[/list]

| Leaning back, she would get up and make her way out. Fabian would be dragged out behind her with the police leaving. Elinor and the maid would run out only to stand in the doorway seeing her husband be put into a car and driving off. She would quickly run back inside and make her way to the phone. |

[list][ ELINOR ]: "Hello? I need to speak with Mrs Banza immediately!---what?---I don't care that's she's out of the capital---well---well, where is she now?!"[/list]

---

CUT TO

| NEW GABON PROVINCE OF ZAIRE |

[sub]13th of July, 1951[/sub]

| Sitting in a her small apartment getting ready for her next speech would be Gloria Banza. Going through her speech thoroughly, she would be looking at each sentence carefully. Suddenly, bangs on her door would come through. In a moment of hesitation, Gloria would make her way to the door to find Elinor standing on the other side struggling with the guards. Gloria would gesture the guards to leave her be. Elinor would storm in, fixing herself as she stood before Gloria. |

[list][ ELINOR ]: "It's a set up!"[/list]

[list][ GLORIA ]: "What? Elinor, why did you even come all this way? What's the matter with you?"[/list]

[list][ ELINOR ]: "They've set him up! Corruption charges, as if! It's Izuru, she set him up!"[/list]

| Gloria would stiffen up, before lighting a cigarette and making her way back to her chair. |

[list][ GLORIA ]: "I understand it's hard to process this. It's hard enough for me, I can't even imagine what you must be going through but I can assure you Marie had nothing do with this. What would she have to gain from it? She beat him already."[/list]

[list][ ELINOR ]: "Nonsense Gloria! She has it out for him. He told me so! She wants him destroyed."[/list]

[list][ GLORIA ]: "Political enemies are one thing, setting someone up is a different thing. She's not capable of that, Elinor."[/list]

[list][ ELINOR ]: "Are you blind?! She wants to destroy him![/list]

| Gloria would look at her rather harshly. |

[list][ GLORIA ]: "Your husband is not the man we thought he was. It's a harsh truth but you have to get over it."[/list]

[list][ ELINOR ]: "Please, Gloria! Do not let her lock him away! For crimes he never committed!"[/list]

[list][ GLORIA ]: "She's not the judge, the court will decide fairly."[/list]

[list][ ELINOR ]: "Bull*hit!"[/list]

[list][ GLORIA ]: "Enough. Enough! I've got important things to attend and I will leave the law to the judges of this country. I'm sorry you made all this way in vain. Your defense of your husband is truly beautiful but I am not the judge, neither is Marie."[/list]

| Elinor would stand back in shock, with tears flowing down her face. She would shake her head aggressively. |

[list][ ELINOR ]: "Well you know what...you better pray that she doesn't come for you next, and she will. Because then...no one will be fighting for you. Trust me."[/list]

| Elinor would storm out. Gloria would sigh loudly before closing her eyes slightly. She would get up hastily and take two pills before looking out of the window as Elinor got into a taxi that took her off. Gloria's eyes would look up at the sun as she thought for a while. Is Elinor telling the truth? Or is Fabian really a very different man than Gloria thought?[/list] |

[spoiler="We cannot allow corruption to run in our country. Every corrupted man and woman has to be punished accordingly." - Marie Izuru]Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Virnall, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Brazil Toucan, Quisqueyas

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1803098

Paramountica, Virnall, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

Paramountica, Arcanda, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

[LIST]✶𝔏𝔦𝔰𝔱𝔦́𝔫 𝔇𝔦𝔞𝔯𝔦𝔬✶

ꜱᴀɴᴛᴏ ᴅᴏᴍɪɴɢᴏ, ʀᴇᴘᴜ́ʙʟɪᴄᴀ ǫᴜɪsǫᴜᴇʏᴀɴᴀ

8 DE AGOSTO 1951 - A COUNTRY IN SHOCK

UN PAÍS EN CHOQUE

ᴛɪᴘᴏ: ᴄᴏᴍᴜɴɪᴄᴀᴅᴏ ᴅᴇ ᴘʀᴇɴꜱᴀ | ʀᴇᴄᴇᴘɪᴇɴᴛᴇꜱ: ɢᴇɴᴇʀᴀʟ

________________________________________________[/LIST]

| The Quisqueyan government made a shocking announcement, President Rafael Trujillo, loved by some and feared by most, was shot and killed while in his 1950 blue Chevrolet Bel Air which was on pulled over on a road outside the capital. Trujillo was planning on traveling to a nearby city to speak to the local population about his future plans and the legacy the Trujillo name would bring. Alongside him in the slaying, was his brother and subsequently labeled "next in line" for the caudilloship of the Quisqueyan Republic, Hector Trujillo. The Trujillo brothers were the victims of an ambush plotted by several men, including two Generals, Juan Tomás Díaz and Antonio Imbert Barrera. General Imbert was the driver of three conspirators Pedro Livio Cedeño, Antonio de la Maza, Amado García Guerrero who jumped out of the car simultaneously, opened the doors of the car which the brothers were in, dragged them out and kicked them to their knees, while executing them.

The military would swiftly take power and establish an interim government consisting of three generals, which would be yearly rotating presidents, including the two who were part of the plot to take down what most Dominican's called the most oppressive leader to ever grace the Quisqueyan Republic's leadership. General Imbert was declared a national hero and granted the position of Major General, for life. The military ruled interim government assured the populace that free elections will ensue when they believe the nation is ready and when there are enough candidates who want to run for President. |

✶PALACIO NACIONAL✶

| The military raided the National Palace of the Quisqueyan Republic and detained the rest of Trujillo's family and imposed immediate jailing on Rafael Trujillo's son, Ramfis, if he is to return from Paris. General Antonio Imbert Barrera addressed the nation in a brief radio broadcasting |

[list]{ᴀɴᴛᴏɴɪᴏ ɪᴍʙᴇʀᴛ ʙᴀʀʀᴇʀᴀ}: It is with great condolences yet celebration that I admit, the Dictator is dead. My people, we have been subjugated to terror, discrimination, and massacres that we as a nation would've never imagined during our fight for independence from Spanish control. While Trujillo did unite the island of Quisqueya, he did it incorrectly, he united the nation through brute force and ignorance. We have taken down the Trujillos, and we further bar their puppet, Joaquín Balaguer, from the ability to run for election. Balaguer will be exiled from the Quisqueyan Republic for good. We shall never have another Parsley Massacre! We shall never have another gang that has the name of Quisqueyans on a hit list! We shall never have a coup if it is to not take down a ruthless dictator that hides behind his few benefits to the people! We shall never have anyone related to a Trujillo, either by blood or by money![/list]

| Imbert slams his fist down which echoed throughout the radios of listeners, an echo that can be remembered through the nation, an echo of suffering, an echo of pain, but also an echo of salvation at last... |

---

A FEW DAYS LATER...

[LIST]

ᴘᴀɴᴛᴇᴏɴ ɴᴀᴄɪᴏɴᴀʟ - ꜱᴀɴᴛᴏ ᴅᴏᴍɪɴɢᴏ, ʀᴇᴘᴜ́ʙʟɪᴄᴀ ǫᴜɪsǫᴜᴇʏᴀɴᴀ

11 DE AGOSTO 1951 - FUNERAL GONE WRONG

EL FUNERAL SALIO MAL

ᴛɪᴘᴏ: ᴄᴏᴍᴜɴɪᴄᴀᴅᴏ ᴅᴇ ᴘʀᴇɴꜱᴀ | ʀᴇᴄᴇᴘɪᴇɴᴛᴇꜱ: ɢᴇɴᴇʀᴀʟ[/list]

| Despite Imbert's statements, he felt regret if he was to not give the Trujillo's a proper burial and a proper ceremony. Their ceremony was that of a statesman, that of a person who did good, yet something seemed off about today. As the coffins of Rafael and his brother Hector were laid upon the steps of the National Pantheon in the capital city, and police began to let people walk past the coffin and say whatever they desired, protesters broke past Quisqueyan police with lighters and oil. One by one, protesters began dousing the coffins with oil while others tried to keep the police away from the ongoing scene, a single shot was fired by a police officer which made the majority of mourners and protesters alike run into the urban jungle of the capital. Yet it was too late, right as an officer grabbed the arm of the man who was holding a lighter, he fell to the floor with the officer, reaching and lighting the oil which soon yet rapidly set the coffins on fire. All of a sudden the volatility of what had just occurred, erupted into Quisqueyans fighting each other, making it almost impossible for the three dozen officers to maintain. The fire was put out, but the bodies were charred, unrecognizable, erased from the face of the Earth.

Imbert called in the military to quell the protest turned riot, while Quisqueyans began to beat up officers, with soldiers soon tackling them down in order to restrain them. Yet the situation hit a boiling point, citizens started to also turn on the soldiers, some charging at military vehicles with more oil and lighters, prompting soldiers to scream at the citizens to stop where they are. Many listened, but few thought they could continue to resist, after all the norm within the nation under Trujillo became resisting, but silently. Soldiers would kill around thirteen Quisqueyans, two of whom were merely teenagers. After these killings, protests would soon spread to other cities, this time calling for the end of the military-led interim government. |

| As time dragged on, the protests against the interim government increased, soon resulting in most citizens abandoning their place of work to join marches and sit-ins. The motto of the overall movement became, "Solo queremos paz, solo queremos democracia." |

Paramountica, Virnall, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, Brazil Toucan

[list]여름 1951 | 1951 August

[list][sup]Korea | 한국[/sup][list]

[sup]The Push for Nampo and Wonsan[/sup][/list]

| The war for the Korean Peninsula has drawn on longer than most expected. Initially it was thought that the Korean People’s Army would have completely overrun the peninsula by Christmas of 1950, then the tide turned in favour of the UN forces who pushed out from Pusan to recapture all of the Korean Republics held territory. It was expected the war would then end in a stalemate between the two nations; however as the UN remained undecided about pushing northwards the South Korean President, Syngman Rhee, ordered his recovering forces to immediately push north in order to take advantage of the KPAs disorderly retreat. |

| The successful capture of Kaesong and Haeju back in May of this year spurred the RoK forces onwards to make a mad-dash for Wonsan, a strategically important city which would allow for southern troops to fight north towards the city of Hamhung; and allow a free push west towards Pyongyang. The RoK now sits ten-miles outside of Wonsan, facing a barrage of fire from an entrenched KPA force who have been told not to surrender under any circumstances. For the DPRK the fall of Wonsan would lead to a desperate fight for survival, the equivalent of their own Pusan Perimeter; meanwhile in the west the RoK forces are raining shells on the port of Nampo. Nampo is a very new city on the peninsula having been granted the status just before the war broke out, now nearly half of it lays in ruins from shelling by the south korean forces, but capturing the strategic port would allow for the shipment of supplies in order to press an attack on Pyongyang. |

| The Republic of Korea has made good headway into the Democratic People’s Republic with the southern four regions of North & South Hwanghae; Kangwon; and Kaesong. Solidifying their control of these regions could alter the borders of the peninsula significantly whenever a peace treaty may come to be discussed by both parties, however it is clear from the resources being funnelled into the battle for Pyongyang President Rhee plans to unite the two halves by force. |

| In the Democratic People’s Republic the majority of the leadership had moved north of Pyongyang to keep out of the range of the RoK bombardment; Premier Kang Ryang-uk had ordered the remaining KPA forces around Pyongyang to entrench themselves and set up blockades leading into the city. Urban and guerilla warfare was the KPAs strength and Kang intended to play up to them. The forces that were holding off the advances of the south on the roads towards Pyongyang had begun a strategic retreat in the hopes it would make the RoK over-confident before running into the KPAs trap. |

| Premier Kang called up more conscripts from Hamhung to reinforce the defence of Wonsan and prevent the RoK from breaking through, while two divisions broke off from the main column to engage with a small southern force pushing through the centre of the peninsula that appeared to be attempting to surround Pyongyang and cut it off completely. Elsewhere KPA forces were moving towards Nampo with artillery in order to combat the current bombardment from the RoK and return fire and prevent the southern forces from attempting to cross the river and launch an assault on Nampo itself. Another division of volunteers had begun their march to the town of Yonsan where South Korean forces have been besieging for several weeks in the hopes of opening up a clear path west towards Nampo and follow the main road up to Pyongyang. The war had ground down at a snails pace with the south lacking the numbers they enjoyed working with the UN although their supply lines were flowing freely once more with UN supplied equipment, while the north had the numbers even if a little disorganised, but their supplies were somewhat more scarce and spread out. |

| Some portions of the North Korean leadership were unhappy with how the war had played out, General Secretary Kim and some of his close associates believed the war had been a complete failure of leadership. Kim had his acquaintances across the border; he was still a committed communist the fall of the regime would be a loss for the people of Korea. Believing that Premier Kang’s blunder in sending waves of troops to the Pusan Perimeter had cost them the advantage and possibly the war; he saw an opportunity to present himself as the palatable alternative to his uncle. A peace treaty between the two sides could see concessions on either end, the legalisation of left-wing organisations in a Rhee led peninsula would allow Kim to play the long game; it wouldn’t be long before Rhee’s grip would loosen under a unified Korea, although winning the war would bolster him somewhat. |

| For now their focus was set on attempting to convincing Kang to end the war should Pyongyang fall, however with the north seeing their supplies dwindle and the south experiencing a mounting death toll some had suggested the war could merely ground down into a stalemate and the armistice would simply redraw the boundaries between north and south. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Virnall, Arcanda, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Greater Kurdistane, Brazil Toucan

[list][list]SEPTEMBER 1951

[sub]No Divorce In Brazil[/sub][/list]

[sub][pre] C A T H O L I C R O O T S [/pre][/sub]

[list][list][sub][pre]It is the duty of men who militate in all

sectors of public life, in all spheres of

Government, in all party associations,

to dedicate their efforts to the good

of the People.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

RIO DE JANEIRO, NATIONAL CONGRESS — MORNINGTIME

[sub]THE UNITED STATES OF Brazil Toucan[/sub]

| In most western countries, divorce is allowed for adultery or desertion; other countries also allow divorce on other grounds. In Brazil, divorce is completely prohibited. According to the Brazilian Constitution, legal marriage cannot be annulled. An intense fight was just beginning. At the National Congress in Rio, Deputy NELSON CARNEIRO proposed a bill that would annul incompatibility between couples. In Brazil, it was impossible to legally end a marriage, a divorce-free tradition that dogged the country for decades. Reading his 98-page bill, Carneiro was often interrupted by a Roman Catholic priest, Monsignor ARRUDA CÂMARA, who was also a Deputy. |

[list]| ARRUDA CÂMARA, [sub]FEDERAL DEPUTY[/sub] | “The constitution says that ‘marriage is indissoluble,’ Your Excellency says ‘dissolvable.’ The constitution says ‘no,’ Your Excellency says ‘yes.’”[/list]

| Defending himself against the Deputy’s opposition, Carneiro pointed out that Brazilians do not comply with the current marriage law. Wealthy people are constantly getting divorced and remarried abroad. Those who don’t travel get Uruguayan and Mexican divorces through Rio lawyers. Other separated Brazilians simply took a new “wife” into their home without leaving any traces that they signed the divorce or remarried. This also happens with politicians. FRANCISCO CAMPOS, a cabinet minister, separated from his wife and went to live with a new “wife”, invited his friends, took his lover’s arm, and said: |

[list]| FRANCISCO CAMPOS, [sub]Cabinet Minister[/sub] | “From now on our friends consider us husband and wife.”[/list]

| The friends agreed. Almost the entire population of Brazil is Catholic, which is 95%, and religious families are absolutely against divorce. Deputy Carneiro is Catholic. He and other politicians who support his bill see a desperate picture of illegally ending marriages and a solution is put on the table — legal annulments after five years of legal separation. People who are against divorce say that “if it’s bad without divorce, it would be worse with it.” The Catholic Church points to two relatively successful countries where there is no divorce, La Plata and Gran Colombia, and recalls that it had rejected proposals to legalize divorce in Brazil in 1937 and 1946. Bishop VICENTE SCHERER, from Rio Grande do Sul called for: |

[list]| VICENTE SCHERER, [sub]Brazilian Bishop[/sub] | “Prayers to God so that Brazil does not fall into disgrace.”[/list]

| It was clear that Deputy Carneiro would lose to the Catholic Church. |

Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance

[list][list]21st September 1951

[sub]The Establishment of the Egyptian Republic![/sub][/list]

HELIOPOLIS PALACE, CAIRO, (Kotakuan Ii) — MORNING

| On a mild autumn day in September, the Republic of Egypt was declared by members of the Revolutionary Command Council. The constitutional matter of the monarchy was thrown into the spotlight from the lack of an apparent heir to Farouk, naturally any child of Farouk would ascend to the throne but the small caveat was that Farouk’s child was not actually born yet. In the wake of the revolution, a stabilising and unifying force must be proclaimed to ensure Egypt remains in order. The Revolutionary Command Council decided that the most appropriate way in doing so was to effectively declare a Egyptian Republic, with Naguib the interim head of state until elections could be called. Moreover, the Revolutionary Command Council decided that elections should be paused for three years, including the abolishment of political parties. Whilst largely ceremonial, the President’s position would be one of extreme importance. Naguib would be the figure that other states look to when partaking in foreign relations with Egypt, and ultimately Naguib intended to act as a referee for the government … ensuring that all legislation passed was fair, legal & uncorrupt. The official document was to be called the “Declaration of the Republic” and was to be announced in tandem with the dissolution of the Constitution of 1923. Within the document, it was declared that the opulent lifestyle of the Muhammad Ali family, specifically Ismai'il Pasha, drove Egypt into debt, which gave foreign militaries a plea to occupy the country. The Republic Declaration included three demands, the abolition of the Muhammad Ali monarchy, the declaration of a republic led by Mohamed Naguib and the persistence of the Command Council throughout the 'transitional period'. |

| Furthermore, Naguib was indeed the head of state but not the head of government. The Declaration of the Republic effectively created a semi-presidential system of government, including a Prime Minister who would lead the government consisting of a cabinet. It was decided by the Revolutionary Command Council that the man to lead the government under the transitional period of three years was to be Lieutenant Colonel Gamal Abdel Nasser. Whilst sharing ideological differences, both Naguib and Nasser were the figureheads of the Free Officers Movement and therefore some form of power sharing was necessary to prevent a power-struggle within the government and Revolutionary Command Council. Nasser agreed to consult Naguib on policy, in which Naguib could have a sizable influence. This influence includes provisions to begin expanding Egyptian foreign relations with the United States amongst other things. The only matters of policy that President Naguib & Prime Minister Nasser disagree upon is Land Reform (with the latter supporting a radical distribution policy and the former supporting a more subtle and gradual process) and the eventual reinstatement of monarchy-era parties including the Wafd. Moreover, Nasser believes the reinstatement of such parties would present the 23rd July Revolution as a continuation of the establishment which the public desperately wished to remove. It is early days, but the Republic of Egypt’s future seems promising under the helm of President Naguib and Prime Minister Nasser! |

[list]SIGNATORIES OF THE DECLARATION OF THE REPUBLIC:

[sub]Major General Staff Muhammad Naguib, Leader of the Army Revolution

Binbashi Staff Gamal Abdul Nasser Hussein

Wing Commander Gamal Salem

Wing Commander Abdel Latif Mahmoud Boghdadi

Binbashi Staff Zakaria Mohieddin

Binbashi Anwar El-Sadat

Binbashi Hussein El-Shafei

Sagh Staff Abdel Hakim Amer

Sagh Staff Salah el-Din Mustafa Salem

Sagh Staff Kamal El-Din Hussein

Squadrons Leader Hassan Ibrahim

Sagh Khaled Mohieddin[/sub] [/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Arcanda, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Ubertica, Greater Kurdistane, Brazil Toucan

Kotakuan Ii wrote:[list][list]21st September 1951

[sub]The Establishment of the Egyptian Republic![/sub][/list]

[pre]Legation of Afghanistan, Cairo[/pre]

[pre]The Kingdom of Afghanistan here by acknowledges the newly established Egyptian Republic along with it's leadership. His majesty, Zahir Shah sends his best wishes to Major General Muhammad Naguib and hopes his leadership serves the Egyptian nation and its people.[/pre]

Paramountica, Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Brazil Toucan

| IZURU'S ATTACK ON THE CHURCH |

[sub]12th of September, 1951[/sub]

| The Church and State act has been passed through the National Congress on the 9th of September. The act puts into law a complete separation of the Church and the State, but, according to its critics it's an outright attack by MARIE IZURU on the Zairean Church. The Act foresees complete seperation of the state from the church by the means of the state fully removing any funding towards religious groups and institutions in the country, official removal of the Faith Adviser to the Experts Assembly, a complete ban of political groups forming on the basis of religion, a complete ban on any funds being transferred by the Church towards public servants, and a complete ban of the Church being actively involved in influencing or running the politics of the state.

The act has caused an outraged amidst the Zairean Church who has mobilised thousands to step out on major cities of Zaire, to protest against Izuru and the Church. The Zairean church has responded harshly to Izuru, with an official letter to Mrs Banza stating that "...Mrs Izuru's direct attack on the church shakes the core of the society, and pushes the country towards Socialism and the socialistic nature of states such as USSR, Czechoslovakia and Poland..." The protests have now continued for the past three days, with major clashes happening with the police in the capital. The clashes have led to 10 injured, and have led to the arrest of BISHOP PHILIP BUBUDU. The Bishop was quickly released. However, it is Bishop Bugudu that has rose over the past days as the main opponent of Mrs Izuru and the act stating on multiple occasions that "...Mrs Izuru is the doing the devils and the communists work by attacking the most sacred institution of the country..."

JULIE NUMBI, the richest woman in the country and the wife to the richest man in the country, and the owner of the most read lifestyle magazine GOOD HOUSEWIFE has harshly spoken out against Mrs Izuru and the act on television interview on the 11th of September. Mrs Numbi has stated that "...we cannot allow socialistic values and ideas to come through into the youth and women of the country..." The Good Housewife magazine in its latest edition has called out onto the housewives of the country to rise up against Mrs Izuru and defend the Churches Position.

However, Mrs Izuru has no intention of backing out or stopping the act. On the 11th of September, Mrs Izuru ordered the creation of a new special force in Zaire, the so called SECULAR SECURITY SERVICES which will be tasked with making sure that no religious exterimism, nor any religious influence is placed upon the politics of the country in physical or violent form. Interestingly, from unofficial information gathered it appears that the actual creator of the act and the one that has pushed it through is MARGARET OKOMBI, the Expert to Culture and Modern Innovation. The Centralists under the leadership of CELINE MEZERI have opposed the act, despite being Mrs Izuru's coalition partner.

The First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza, now returned back from her tour of the new provinces of Zaire, has called upon the protesters to return home and not to cause any more serious damage. Mrs Banza stated that she will host talks between the Church, with Bishop Bugudu as its representative and with Marie Izuru to resolve the tensed situation. When asked by a reporter about what her views are on the act personally, Mrs Banza responded by saying "...the God and the Church are to be cherished and celebrated, I see the point of Mrs Izuru wanting to keep the Church as a seperate holy entity but questions must be raised whether this is the way to go about it..."

Despite the meeting occurring on the 12th of September, Mrs Izuru's morning speech to the National Congress was far from being as diplomatic as that of Mrs Banza to the reporters the day prior. It is unclear what the results of the talks will be like, but Mrs Izuru and Mrs Banza might have ran into their first dispute with Mrs Banza not wanting to upset the status quo in regards to the Church and Mrs Izuru outright wanting to change it.

[list][ MARIE IZURU, Head of the Finest Assembly ]: "Je suis catholique comme chacun d'entre vous dans cette salle. Mais cela ne change rien au fait que j'ai promis au peuple de ce pays, au peuple qui m'a élu à ce poste, que je changerai le pays pour le mieux. Que je rendrai le pays laïque et libre. L'Église doit être chérie, notre foi doit être respectée, bien sûr. Mais le respect et le chérissement ne peuvent aller de pair avec un regard aveugle sur la corruption religieuse et la création d'un État religieux fanatique. Ce que je fais n'est pas une révolution socialiste ou communiste. C'est une révolution séculaire, qui doit avoir lieu pour que notre nation puisse prospérer. J'ai un conseil à donner à l'Église zaïroise. Si vous voulez que les habitants de ce pays vous chérissent, vous respectent, ne les utilisez pas comme des pions dans votre propre jeu politique. Vous êtes les représentants de notre Seigneur dans ce monde, pas de nos croyances politiques."[/list]

[spoiler="I have one advice to the Zairean Church. If you want the people of this country to cherish you, to respect you, do not use them as pawns in your own political game. You're the representatives of our Lord in this world, not of our political beliefs. " - Marie Izuru]Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

[sub]COUNCIL FOR MUTUAL ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE

1951 Assembly Session — Prague, ČSSR — https://youtu.be/xEOf9mz265k[/sub]

| The long-awaited 1951 Session of the Assembly of the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance is about to kick off in Prague, capital of the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic (ČSSR). Heads of States, Economic Ministers, and Central Planners from all across the Eastern Bloc have come to discuss and exchange ideas, to strenghten the friendship of the international community of socialist countries. In attendance are all the member states of the CMEA, including East Germany Ddr, Osivoii (CCCP), Victoria Harbor (PRL), and Central Arstotzka (ČSSR), as well as Ranponian on the occasion of Yugosavia's accession to CMEA member status. The highlight of the coming talks: COMTRACK, officially "First Five-Year-Plan for the construction of an Integrated Rail and Transportation System." Fittingly, the conference has been titled Socialism on Rails.

In accordance with the provisions of the CMEA Charter, the Secretariat of the Council has—in communication with the permanent representatives of the member countries—hammered out an agenda for the duration of the session:

[list][sub]1. Opening Speeches: USSR, GDR, Yugoslavia

2. Report from the Executive Committee of the Council: A thrilling presentation

3. Vote on Accession of Yugoslavia: Item 01

4. Vote on COMTRACK Phase I:Item 02

5. Closing Speech from the Czechoslovak Delegation: ČSSR Address[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=The international press has been invited and given limited access to the Assembly floor]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Velha Portuguesa

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Central Arstotzka, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Greater Kurdistane, Brazil Toucan

Mutual Economic Assistance wrote:[list][sub]🎵 — https://youtu.be/xEOf9mz265k[/sub][/list]

[sub]COUNCIL FOR MUTUAL ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE

1951 Assembly Session — Prague, ČSSR[/sub]

The long-awaited 1951 Session of the Assembly of the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance is about to kick off in Prague, capital of the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic (ČSSR). Heads of States, Economic Ministers, and Central Planners from all across the Eastern Bloc have come to discuss and exchange ideas, to strenghten the friendship of the international community of socialist countries. In attendance are all the member states of the CMEA, including East Germany Ddr, Osivoii (CCCP), Victoria Harbor (PRL), and Central Arstotzka (ČSSR), as well as Ranponian on the occasion of Yugosavia's accession to CMEA member status. The highlight of the coming talks: COMTRACK, officially "First Five-Year-Plan for the construction of an Integrated Rail and Transportation System." Fittingly, the conference has been titled Socialism on Rails.

In accordance with the provisions of the CMEA Charter, the Secretariat of the Council has—in communication with the permanent representatives of the member countries—hammered out an agenda for the duration of the session:

[list][pre]1. Opening Speeches

2. Report from the Executive Committee of the Council

3. Vote on Accession of Yugoslavia

4. Vote on COMTRACK Phase I

5. Closing Speech from the Czechoslovak Delegation[/pre][/list]

[spoiler=The international press has been invited and given limited access to the Assembly floor]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Velha Portuguesa

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

“Permit me, In the name of the Soviet People to express our thanks to all fraternal socialist brothers who fought on the battlefields of Europe only 6 years ago to bring us to this moment of joy. The Council for Mutual Economic Assistance stands as the building block and first step towards cooperation between our peoples for only one goal, the betterment of the lives of the worker. When this organization was established in Moscow, I saw the glee and hope for cooperation in the faces of all those who set forth to establish this organization and for it to be entrusted by those to sign the papers in Moscow, this trust is especially valuable as it signifies their readiness to support cooperation between us, in our struggle for a better future for the people.

It would be a mistake to believe that our Country, which has become a mighty power, does not need more support. That would be wrong. Our Party and our country need the continuous trust, sympathy and support of fraternal peoples outside our borders, and will always need it. It is also now the duty of the Soviet Union and her peoples to support its fraternal peoples outside its border and the countries in which see the Soviet Union as a brother in the struggle.

This task would be a difficult one if was the Soviet nation alone undertaking this task but across Europe, the peoples democracies founded through liberation by The Soviet Red Army have agreed and yearn to undertake this task alongside their brothers in the Soviet Union….”

[pre]- Joseph Stalin, General-Secretary of the Communist Party of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics[/pre]

Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Kewtpuff, Greater Kurdistane, Mutual Economic Assistance, Brazil Toucan

Mutual Economic Assistance wrote:[list][sub]🎵 — https://youtu.be/xEOf9mz265k[/sub][/list]

[sub]COUNCIL FOR MUTUAL ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE

1951 Assembly Session — Prague, ČSSR[/sub]

The long-awaited 1951 Session of the Assembly of the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance is about to kick off in Prague, capital of the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic (ČSSR). Heads of States, Economic Ministers, and Central Planners from all across the Eastern Bloc have come to discuss and exchange ideas, to strenghten the friendship of the international community of socialist countries. In attendance are all the member states of the CMEA, including East Germany Ddr, Osivoii (CCCP), Victoria Harbor (PRL), and Central Arstotzka (ČSSR), as well as Ranponian on the occasion of Yugosavia's accession to CMEA member status. The highlight of the coming talks: COMTRACK, officially "First Five-Year-Plan for the construction of an Integrated Rail and Transportation System." Fittingly, the conference has been titled Socialism on Rails.

In accordance with the provisions of the CMEA Charter, the Secretariat of the Council has—in communication with the permanent representatives of the member countries—hammered out an agenda for the duration of the session:

[list][pre]1. Opening Speeches

2. Report from the Executive Committee of the Council

3. Vote on Accession of Yugoslavia

4. Vote on COMTRACK Phase I

5. Closing Speech from the Czechoslovak Delegation[/pre][/list]

[spoiler=The international press has been invited and given limited access to the Assembly floor]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Velha Portuguesa

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

[list][sub]| Walter Ulbricht, General Secretary of the SED and Deputy Chairman of the Council of Ministers of the GDR, rises from his place at the large discussion table to deliver his opening remarks. He is visibly fatigued from his recent travels, however any indication of sleeplessness is compensated for by the glow of the African sun in his face. |[/sub][/list]

[sub]WALTER ULBRICHT:[/sub] "Comrades, Friends, Members of the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance. Nothing pleases me more than to join all of you in our annual Assembly Session. It is moments like these which animate me and restore my energy. In all my years of exile in the Soviet Union, during the time of Heidler's grip on Germany, I waited for this. What we have in the cooperation that takes place in this institution is nothing less than the living, breathing struggle of the conscious proletariat for a communist tomorrow. I speak for the German Democratic Republic when I say that the role to be played by the Council is indispensable to the integration of the socialist community of nations, which is the only course towards communism. We must do whatever we can to empower the organs of the Council, both at the present assembly session and in the future."

[...]

"I speak on behalf of the German people and the peace-loving nations of the world in my appeal that the friendly member states of the CMEA boycott in every way possible antagonistic western institutions which seek to undermine our cause. I am speaking, of course, about the so-called Council of Europe and so-called European Community, which have sanctioned the illegal carving up of Germany and are solely to blame for disintegrating the anti-Fascist alliance. There is no doubt about the competition existing between East and West, both represent radically different visions of Europe. The former is based on equality and a renunciation of all relations of domination and exploitation. The latter consists in Capital and Imperialist apologetics. But woe to him who does not recognize that their fate is sealed. We will bury the West!"

[...]

"We have fought and died together. We have laughed and cried together. Now, Comrades, let us plan together!"

Ping: Osivoii, Victoria Harbor, Central Arstotzka, Ranponian

Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Mutual Economic Assistance, Brazil Toucan

Mutual Economic Assistance wrote:[list][sub]🎵 — https://youtu.be/xEOf9mz265k[/sub][/list]

[sub]COUNCIL FOR MUTUAL ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE

1951 Assembly Session — Prague, ČSSR[/sub]

The long-awaited 1951 Session of the Assembly of the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance is about to kick off in Prague, capital of the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic (ČSSR). Heads of States, Economic Ministers, and Central Planners from all across the Eastern Bloc have come to discuss and exchange ideas, to strenghten the friendship of the international community of socialist countries. In attendance are all the member states of the CMEA, including East Germany Ddr, Osivoii (CCCP), Victoria Harbor (PRL), and Central Arstotzka (ČSSR), as well as Ranponian on the occasion of Yugosavia's accession to CMEA member status. The highlight of the coming talks: COMTRACK, officially "First Five-Year-Plan for the construction of an Integrated Rail and Transportation System." Fittingly, the conference has been titled Socialism on Rails.

In accordance with the provisions of the CMEA Charter, the Secretariat of the Council has—in communication with the permanent representatives of the member countries—hammered out an agenda for the duration of the session:

[list][sub]1. Opening Speeches: USSR, GDR

2. Report from the Executive Committee of the Council

3. Vote on Accession of Yugoslavia

4. Vote on COMTRACK Phase I

5. Closing Speech from the Czechoslovak Delegation[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=The international press has been invited and given limited access to the Assembly floor]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Velha Portuguesa

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

[list]"Esteemed Comrades, it is a privilege to be attending the Assembly Session in which the fate of our Accession will be decided. I believe it to not only be in the best interests of my People but all of Europe for further cooperation to take place, especially between such forward-looking states such as those present here today. Each of our Nations have been reborn in one form or another from the terrible conflict which occured not even a decade ago, and yet we are united in our hopes and dreams for the future. My current hope is that Yugoslavia can contribute greatly to this Council and by doing so benefit countless workers and comrades.

I believe it to be of the utmost importance that our actions are a counter to the wests constant quest for profits, and that we instead shall benefit the working classes of all of our Nations and in time the rest of Europe and the World. We must work hand in hand for that goal, and show all peoples that a system built by and for the worker shall benefit them more than a system founded on the principles of exploitation. It is indeed our duty to build the world of tomorrow, and we shall make it a world worthy of all peoples..."

- Marshal Josip Broz Tito, President and Marshal of Yugoslavia[/list]

Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Mutual Economic Assistance, Brazil Toucan

[sub]COUNCIL FOR MUTUAL ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE

1951 Assembly Session: Part 2 — Prague, ČSSR — ⭯ Return to Main Post[/sub]

| The report of the Council Executive Committee to the Assembly was as engaging as it was precise. The Committee's presenter was a Soviet apparatchik of Belorussian origin, wearing an oversized suit and equally oversized spectacles. In a monotone voice he read out the contents of the report, repeatedly clearing his throat for all to hear. Though a somewhat uniquely repugnant figure, there were countless others like him in the room that day. His was a new breed of man, the new socialist man, a pale-faced bureaucrat always carrying statistical yearbooks of questionable reliability in his arm. His voice continued to drone on for what seemed an eternity, but that didn't stop the attendees from clapping at every mention of "socialist integration." If the report contained anything of note, the presentation did not convey it. Luckily copies were distributed to each of the delegations:

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1804468

Ping: Osivoii, Victoria Harbor, Central Arstotzka, Ranponian

[spoiler=And one or two journalists even managed to recover a copy out of a trashcan on the way out...]

Ababemba

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Alzarikstan

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Bayern Kahla

Bescania

Canada Leaf

Canovia

Cascadla

Central Arstotzka

Connomia

East Germany Ddr

Great Britain Gb

Greater Kurdistane

Islahh

Israelli

Kotakuan Ii

La Granadinas

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

Moroavia

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Paseo

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Provenancia

Ranponian

Rutannia

Sudesam

Teymour

Ubertica

Vancouver Straits

Velha Portuguesa

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Brazil Toucan

[sub]COUNCIL FOR MUTUAL ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE

1951 Assembly Session: Part 3 — Prague, ČSSR — ⭯ Return to Main Post[/sub]

| The Assembly of the CMEA will now vote on the Session's main proposals: (1) the accession of Yugoslavia to CMEA membership, and (2) the commencement of Phase I of the Integrated Rail and Transportation System COMTRACK.

[spoiler=IMPORTANT OOC INFO]

Vote in one combined post or two separate posts for each item, but be sure to indiciate clearly your vote on each item. Add comments and/or requests for amendment if you want to. This post will be updated when each vote is cast.[/spoiler]

ITEM 01 — A/51/01:Agreement on the Accession of the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia to the CMEA

✓ - IN FAVOR: East Germany Ddr [*], Osivoii, Central Arstotzka [*], Victoria Harbor [*], Ranponian [Discord]

X - AGAINST:

☐ - PENDING:

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1797080

—

ITEM 02 — A/51/02:First (Phase I) Five-Year-Plan for the construction of an Integrated Rail and Transportation System COMTRACK

✓ - IN FAVOR: East Germany Ddr [*], Osivoii, Central Arstotzka [*], Victoria Harbor [*], Ranponian [Discord]

X - AGAINST:

☐ - PENDING:

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1797081

Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Brazil Toucan

[sub]RE: [nation=long]Mutual Economic Assistance[/nation][/sub]

| Without hesitation and already familiar with the proposals from previous consultations with the GDR's Permanent Representative to the CMEA, Walter Ulbricht and the representatives of the German Democratic Republic vote in the affirmative on the main items of the 1951 Assembly Session.

ITEM 01 — A/51/01: the GDR votes AYE

ITEM 02 — A/51/02: the GDR votes AYE

Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Mutual Economic Assistance

Post self-deleted by East Germany Ddr.

Amsterwald, Otsla, Ranponian, New Provenance, La Granadinas, Brazil Toucan

[sub]RE: Mutual Economic Assistance[/sub]

| Delegated representative to the current Session of COMECON for the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic, National Assembly Chairman Jaroslav Hašek, and fellow representatives of the host nation hereby vote in the affirmative on the following proposals, absent of doubt:

- Czechoslovakia votes [I][B]AYE[/B][/I] on: ITEM 01 — A/51/01

- Czechoslovakia votes [I][B]AYE[/B][/I] on: ITEM 02 — A/51/02

Otsla, Mutual Economic Assistance, Brazil Toucan

Future structure of the Army in the 60s

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1781517

Taiiwan, Brazil Toucan

RE: Mutual Economic Assistance

| The Permanent Representative of the Polish People's Republic to the CMEA votes in the affirmative for the following proposals:

ITEM 01 — A/51/01: AYE

ITEM 02 — A/51/02: AYE

Central Arstotzka, Otsla, East Germany Ddr, Taiiwan, Brazil Toucan

[list][sub]𝙸𝚇.1951[/sub]

[sub]IL PROBLEMA AD EST[/sub]

THE TROUBLE EAST

[list][pre]Yugoslavia and Slovenia,

The precarious diplomatic tangle across the Adriatic.[/pre][/list][/list]

ROMA, REGNO D'ITALIA

[sub][nation=flag]Arcanda[/nation][/sub]

| Following the Yugoslav invasion of Albania and the brazenly anti-Italian declarations of Slovene officials, notwithstanding a slew of political violence and the rebirth of paganism in that same country — harshly criticized by the most virulent Catholic elements within the DC — the Italian government found itself pressed to react in front of the piling events east of the Alps. Prime Minister Alcide De Gasperi, who has so far privileged relations with Western Europe, found himself in an increasingly uneasy position, being criticized for his inaction in regards to the simmering issue of the Julian March and to Albania. Virulently anti-communist politicians belonging to the ruling DC and to the Monarchist Party have voiced discontent, while the diplomatic crisis also proved to be the last nail in the coffin for De Gasperi's 1948 coalition. A third reshuffle saw only DC, Monarchist and Independent ministers remain, with both the Liberals and the Socialists joining the Opposition. |

| It was now clear that a strong reaction was needed, from De Gasperi himself. The man, who has built a reputation for modesty, moderation and temperance — all for the sake of assuaging the victors of the war and paving the way towards more inter-European cooperation — would be pushed to make a harsh and rare discourse on foreign policy after the end of the summer recess. |

[list][sup]| Prime Minister ALCIDE DE GASPERI: |[/sup] "Dear Deputati, as this Parliament most diligently returns to its sacred duty of democracy, time is pressing us to address the general situation of the Balkans.

The events of the last few months have appalled Italy. As has been said, we condemn the most ignominous act of invasion in Albania. The invasion — performed on a like-minded Communist country — only further demonstrates the inherent aggressivity and nihilism of the totalitarian ways of Communism. In a civilized world, there is no place for such behavior. We have said and we must repeat our most resolute opposition to barbarity on this continent, a barbarity that now threatens to rear its terrible head again, propped by the Yugoslavs.

However, another injustice is being committed in this day an age, one more vicious even, as it is done under the pretense of justice and free determination, while it tramples the very principles it seeks to defend. This injustice is being committed under our very eyes, and unto our very countrymen who suffer the brunt of it on a daily basis. It is an injustice draped behind a blue flag, an injustice that shields itself with discourse and tears, and one that rests on the basest essentialism, the crassest of methods. It grows day by day, one could say, like a malignant disease.

This injustice is, of course, the threefold strategy led by the Slovene behemoth in its relentless pursuit of Italophobia.

The first and most pressing instance is the one that seeks to oppress, suppress and annihilate Italians and Italian culture in Julian Venetia. Fiume, Trieste, and Udine: Let the names of those cities ring in their native tongue far beyond the chambers of this Assembly. They will never stop to be called by their name. We must save them, and our countrymen with them. Their language, culture, way of life and indeed their very safety are imperiled by the cultural suppression instituted by Slovenia. Slovene chauvinism seems to know no bounds, and everything Italian is being suppressed in the name of a false and treacherous justice — Language, institutions, associations. This is why we must stand up for our brothers across this Unjust Border. Our calls will never cease for the peaceful reintegration of Julian Venetia into the Kingdom of Italy. Meanwhile, I call, solemnly, on all Italians still residing in Julian Venetia, to remain. Do not leave your ancestral homes, your shops, your streets. It is vital to preserve Italy where it is rightful, and every day spent speaking Italian across the Unjust Border is another day spent defending justice.

The second instance of injustice across the Unjust Border is the one negating the very principles of justice and freedom. Relentlessly, the Slovene government has refused negotiation and insulted us. Men have spilled their blood for the freedom of Julian Venetia — during the Great War and during the struggle against Fascism. While Italians fought, first against the Central Powers, then against the tyranny of Fascism, Julian Venetia was robbed from them. Unlike all the other territories possessed by Italy before the war, Julian Venetia has always been Italian, populated by native Italians. And unlike all other forms of settlements, determined during agreed negotiations between equal parties, Julian Venetia has been seized illegally — No referenda, no oversight by the United Nations or by the Allied nations. A theft in broad daylight, performed on an allied nation, no less!

The third and latest instance of injustice is the Slovene "Dam of Shame" being built on the Piave, restricting the vital water flow to Italian farmers, threatening families and livelihoods with hunger and financial ruin. To see this most sacred river to Italians, where thousands of our men fell in 1918 for the defense of the Homeland, desecrated in such a way, is simply unacceptable.

Therefore, let this government introduce new legislation in the way of supporting those who live across the Unjust Border. [...]"[/list]

| Those in attendance would notice a man unlike himself. The speech, one of his most defiant to date, reached a twofold necessity: Placating the growing voices in favor of a tougher stance, voices which risked to further imperil the DC's unity; and re-introducing Italian affirmations to the Allies. The De Gasperi government also introduced two new terms, the "Unjust Border" (Confine ingiusto) and the "Dam of Shame" (Dama della vergogna) both of which would be widely used by the press — While installing the "Julian Venetia" (Giulia Venezia) as the new name for the region, a more Italian alternative to Istria, the name previously used. |

| The "Law of the Forgotten (Italians)", as it would be dubbed, would be the first to officially attribute a status to Italians living in Julian Venetia; it would provide them with financial support and much-needed recognition to face the Slovene cultural behemoth. |

[list]Law on the Reintegration of Julian Venetia and the Protection of Italian Citizens in Slovenia

[sub]▌I. As of January 1st, 1952, the administrative reintegration of Julian Venetia within the Kingdom of Italy shall be considered complete;[/sub]

[list][sub](1). The former provinces of Gorizia, Trieste, Fiume and Pola shall be consolidated into a single Region, Julian Venetia.

(2). The capital of Julian Venetia is Trieste.[/list][/sub]

[sub]▌II. Italian citizens residing in occupied territories shall be accounted for in the Italian census.[/sub]

[sub]▌III. All administrative activities related to citizenship, including the delivery of the Italian nationality, shall continue to the best of the state's ability in the occupied territories, until they are returned. [/sub]

[sub]▌IV. Italian citizens residing in Julian Venetia shall be eligible to a monthly stipend amounting to 1/4 of the average industrial wage in Italy as of 1950.[/sub]

[sub]▌V. As of January 1st, 1952, by Parliament order, the Ministry for Reunification shall be renamed "Ministry of National Reunification" and reorganized with the purpose of achieving the peaceful and diplomatic return of Julian Venetia as well as handling the issues of administrative continuity and the delivery of the stipends to Italian citizens.[/sub]

[sub]▌VI. Italian citizens claiming harm to their lives and livelihoods shall be granted state housing and a one-time stipend amounting to 2/4 of the average industrial wage in Italy as of 1950, upon their return to any Region under actual Italian sovereignty.[/sub]

[sub]▌VII. All maps and schoolbooks shall represent the Region of Julian Venetia as a part of Italy, shaded in a dark color, with the mention: "Illegally occupied".[/sub][/list]

| With a DC majority and heightened concern over Julian Venetia, the law is all but assured to pass — with even the Communists now voicing pro-reintegration opinions. |

[list][spoiler=[sub]Evviva l'Italia![/sub]]

[nation]Adriatican Islands[/nation]

[nation]Afghanistaan[/nation]

[nation]Alaroth[/nation]

[nation]Amsterwald[/nation]

[nation]Annyeong Korea[/nation]

[nation]Arcanda[/nation]

[nation]Astarina[/nation]

[nation]Bayside[/nation]

[nation]Canovia[/nation]

[nation]Cascadla[/nation]

[nation]Connomia[/nation]

[nation]Finlandee[/nation]

[nation]Great Britain GB[/nation]

[nation]Jersey Republic[/nation]

[nation]Kotakuan II[/nation]

[nation]Metropolitan Francais[/nation]

[nation]Nevbrejnovitz[/nation]

[nation]New Provenance[/nation]

[nation]Nileia[/nation]

[nation]Nosautempopulus[/nation]

[nation]OsivoII[/nation]

[nation]Paramountica[/nation]

[nation]Irelaand[/nation]

[nation]Islahh[/nation]

[nation]Philanialle[/nation]

[nation]Pontianus[/nation]

[nation]Ranponian[/nation]

[nation]Rutannia[/nation]

[nation]Somerania[/nation]

[nation]Teymour[/nation]

[nation]The Confederate Prussian Empire[/nation]

[nation]Tallahan[/nation]

[nation]Vancouver Straits[/nation]

[nation]Peking Zhongguo[/nation]

[nation]Victoria Harbor[/nation][/spoiler][/list]

Central Arstotzka, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, East Germany Ddr, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Taiiwan, Greater Kurdistane, Brazil Toucan

RUSJAN, LEK, PAGANISM AND ‘JULIAN VENETIA’: SLOVENIA IN THE DUSK OF 1951

[list][sup]PROPELLERS, PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROPAGANDA

SLOVENIA—OCTOBER 1951[/sup][/list]

The summer and autumn of 1951 brought a selective fervor with it in Slovenia. Excitement surrounded the flight of the Rusjan brothers’ first officially released passenger plane and the Lek pharmaceutical group broke ground on two more production facilities, but pagan enthusiasm continued its steady decline. Comments from the Prime Minister of Italy (Arcanda) and incendiary new legislative proposals incensed the Slovenian political sphere, seeming to worsen the already chasmic divide between the two states.

[list][sub]THE FLIGHT OF THE PLR-49 ‘VRABEC’

The Propelersko letalo Rusjan (PLR, “Rusjan propeller plane”) series of passenger planes was inaugurated with the flight of the PLR-49 ‘Vrabec’ (‘Sparrow’) with Air Slovenia in September 1951. Outfitted with two turboprop engines, the PLR-49 had been under testing for the last two years and was the final project led by Edvard Rusjan, the executive of the Gorica-based Rusjan aeronautics firm. Just as his brother Josip had a few years prior, Edvard then retired from the company in a lavish public ceremony; the following month, the company passed to his son, 35-year-old aeronautics engineer Slavko Rusjan. Slavko vowed to continue the Rusjan legacy of aircraft manufacture and expressed interest in working with the Slovene Armed Forces in future years. Public excitement swirled around the PLR-49, which was set to strengthen Air Slovenia’s inventory and expand its capacity for regional flights.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]LEK BREAKS GROUND ON ISTRIAN FACILITIES

Ljubljana-based pharmaceutical company Lek has seen optimistic visions in the unique growth of the Slovenian chemical industry. Currently the largest pharmaceutical firm in Slovenia and acting as the head of a flourishing medicament industry, its prospects were highly auspicious; thus, it began work on two more production facilities at Koper and Pulj in the summer months, summarily aiming to expand its service to the Istrian regions. Lek was moving quickly to blanket the nation in anticipation of rising competitors. The timing of its Istria campaign became surprisingly political with the coinciding announcement of ‘Julian Venetia’, addressed later.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]PAGANISM DWINDLES

A particularly lively academic season saw rich debates between liberal and conservative intellectuals in the Ljubljanski zvon and Dom in svet journals, though in one issue the political spectrum grew surprisingly united: that paganism was of no use to modern Slovenia. Now only celebrated in ultraconservative circles, Slovene paganism was already on the decline out of the public eye after its founder, Jože Anžur, was barred from political activities. Now, however, even its five-month-old temple at Podkoren seems to be frequented only by the curious or scornful. Analysts’ estimates put the Adja movement’s devout membership at only a few dozen. Unsurprisingly, the Catholic political bloc in Slovenia has seemed to breathe a sigh of relief at the passing fad.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]‘JULIAN VENETIA’

The Slovenian political sphere poured forth a torrent of scorn after the comments of the Italian Prime Minister regarding the territories Italy lost following the Second World War. At the crest of the wave was President Vida Tomšič, who made a point to address the legislature in the week following. “The Italian Prime Minister,” she asserted, “has claimed that their ‘language, culture, way of life and indeed their very safety are imperiled’—does this not sound familiar to you? Does this not evoke what the Italians themselves did to our Slovene brothers and sisters when they governed? Good Lojze Bratuž, drowned in gasoline—the Narodni dom, burned to the ground. Those were Italian crimes. They do not apologize for them. They do not repay us for them. They only demand that we submit once more.” Former President Boris Furlan, a survivor of Italianization, called De Gasperi’s comments a ‘foul regurgitation of fascism’, pleading that Italy should ‘lay aside its hate’ and reconcile with Slovenia.[/sub]

[list][sub]“Only an Italian would lose a world war and still demand land.”

— Borut Blatnik in a letter to Dom in svet[/sub][/list]

Central Arstotzka, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Taiiwan, Brazil Toucan

THE COFEE CRISIS - TITO BLENDS HIT THE SHELVES

September 14th 1951

A total of 108 million Dollars are spent each year on raw coffee beans to satisfy the Nations ingrown love of their morning beverage. While not sounding excessive it is the 2nd largest import by Volume overall (Behind weaponry) and the largest import undertaken with hard currencies as production is centered mainly in western aligned states. A vast expense that is unmatched by its importance as the most sought after luxury item usage of it cannot be entirely cut off without suffering the wroth of the Citizens overall as East Germany witnessed shortly after the end of the war. However while it cannot be stopped, it most certainly can be altered as it has been historically in other Nations during wars etc.

Blends will replace the popular good in Restaurants and on Shelves in the future, with different Government subsidized blends competing against one another. These blends shall be required by regulation to consist of no more and no less than 50% genuine coffee bean and 50% substitute in order to slash the Nations coffee import costs by half. There are of course many substitutes being used and competing with one another : Almonds, Acorns, Malted Barley, Beetroots, Carrots, Chicory, Corn, Rye, Wheat Bran......the list goes on with different blends accommodating and emphasizing different overall flavors. Competition will ensure that blends are altered as tastes demand, and vastly unpopular flavors would fall out of use entirely. However it would provide at least a majority of the Nation with a possible alternative.

While there will no doubt be complaints due to the access of natural Coffee aka 100% Coffee Beans being cut off, the Government hopes that the vast number of varieties shall dampen the blow and find a taste for everyone. Tito himself kicked off the first day of availability by drinking his so far favorite blend which included Malted Barley and Chicory. The intention being to show that even the Big man at the very top of leadership couldnt get away from tightening his belt.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Central Arstotzka, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, New Provenance, Taiiwan, Brazil Toucan

[list][list][list][pre]15th of October, 1951 | ۱۹۵۱ عقرب[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][list][pre]پادشاهی افغانستان ☪ Dǝ Afġānistān Šahi Dawlat

The House on the Hill: Mohammed Zahir Shah[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

[sup]Born on the month of ʿAqrab, or the 15th of October, 1914, his majesty Mohammed Zahir Shah was born to the ruling Mohammadzai clan. The Mohammadzai is the most prominent and influential sub-tribe of the Barakzai dynasty; they belong to the branch of the Durrani confederacy and are primarily centered around Kandahar. The Mohammadzai, unlike the Musahibans, trace their lineage directly to Dost Mohammad Khan. This direct lineage granted the Mohammadzai the right to rule over Afghanistan from the 1800s to the present day. Zahir was the second-born son to Mohammad Nadir Shah, a senior member of the Mohammadzai and high-ranking commander within the Afghan Royal Armed Forces, and of Princess Parwar Begum of the Khel Babakar tribe, a Pashtun tribe. Zahir's only brother was Sadar Muhammad Tahir Khan, who had died before his birth due to blood hemorrhaging in one of his eyes. Zahir was the only son of the couple as, after Zahir, they had five daughters. Like most youths in the royal court, Zahir spent his childhood being groomed to serve the dynasty. He would be enrolled in an Elementary Primary built in 1904 by the United Kingdom designed to educate princes, and for secondary education, he went to the Amaniya High School. Amaniya was built during the reign of King Amanullah by France, in which many subjects were taught in French. Zahir, unlike his cousin Daoud who was taught German politics and philosophy, learned French philosophy and politics there. This education would set the foundation for Zahir's progressive ideals over the traditional autocratic ruling method seen in Afghanistan. Once out of high school, Zahir would be enrolled in the infantry military school to receive his military training. He would eventually be sent to France along with his father, serving as ambassador to complete his education.[/sup]

[sup]In France, Zahir attended the prestigious Pasteur Institute and the University of Montpellier, completing his education. Zahir, after completing his education, would remain in France, attending further military training until 1929, when he was called by his father to help him and his uncles to rebuild the Afghan state after the chaotic civil war. Zahir would serve as privy counselor, then deputy minister of war, and settle in the ministry of education. As minister of education, Zahir, like his cousin Daoud, attempted to enact his progressive ideals by pushing a more secular liberal curriculum, but his efforts were rebutted by his father, Nadir, due to his conservative policies. Around September, the royal court would request Nadir Shah to marry his son off, as he was considered of marriage age. There was a need to rush the prince into marriage because Nadir had no other sons to grant the throne; if Zahir did not have sons of his own, the legitimacy of the claim to the throne was at stake. Thus, in 1930, Prince Zahir, at the age of 15, was engaged to his first cousin, Princess Humaira Begum. Princess Humaira was born in 1918 and was a member of the Khel Babakar tribe. She was hand-picked by Zahir's mother, Parwar, specifically because she was the daughter of her brother, Sadar Ahmad Khan, to further secure the Babakars to the Mohammadzai clan. The two would officially marry on the 7th of November, 1931. Zahir and Humaira, having grown up together in the royal court, helped the relationship take off quickly, having their first child, Princess Bilqis Begum, on the 17th of April, 1932. Things would change forever when on the 8th of November, 1933, Nadir Shah was assassinated by a student during an award ceremony. Zahir could not grieve for his father for long; as the crowned prince, he needed to quickly ascend the throne or risk the Musahibans seizing the opportunity. Thus, Zahir proclaimed the new Shah at the age of 19. Due to his young age, Zahir had to delegate power to his paternal uncles for support. He kept his uncle, Mohammad Hashim Khan, as the prime minister, his uncle Shah Mahmud Khan as minister of the interior, and his uncle Shah Wali Khan as his minister of defense. This period was known as the "Rule of the Uncles," as Zahir's role in the government was more ceremonial. By the time he reached 30 in 1945, Zahir had been in a power struggle with his two uncles, Hashim and Mahmud. Hashim, during the mid-30s, tied Afghanistan to the Axis powers by soliciting foreign aid from them, Germany more so. When the 2nd World War began, Hashim faced significant opposition due to his refusal to break ties with the Axis as the British and Soviets pressured the small nation to break ties. Eventually, Hashim would voluntarily step down from the Prime Ministership in 1946. Mahmud Khan would assume the Prime Ministership in May. By this time, Zahir had two sons, Muhammed Akbar Khan, born in 1933, and Ahmad Shah Khan, born in 1934. Akbar was declared Crown Prince, thus securing the Mohammadzai grip on power from Zahir's uncles. Unlike Hashim, Mahmud was much more willing to compromise with Zahir manifesting when Mahmud, under his leadership, allowed relatively free 1949 elections in response to a mostly middle-class youth movement wanting reforms. This period would be referenced as the "1st Democratic Period".[/sup]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Al-Morocco

Al-Oman

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Brazil Toucan

Cambodiia

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Great Britain Gb

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nippon-Nihon

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Otsla

Paramountica

Peking Zhongguo

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Taiiwan

Teymour

Vancouver Straits

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Taiiwan, Wiedrow, Brazil Toucan

Assembled with Dot's Region Saver.
Written by Refuge Isle.